雜阿含經 卷第一Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 1
卷第一三十二經,最短的一經只有七個字:「染經亦如是說」〔T02 0004b25〕。結集的人連經文都不寫了,只告訴你:把前一經世尊說的那一句換成「染」,其餘全同。這七個字,把一卷的讀法說盡了。
其餘全同
這一卷每一經都從色說起,然後「如是受、想、行、識」。句子一樣,只換一個詞。第一經換的是「無常」:「當觀色無常。如是觀者,則為正觀。」〔T02 0001a07〕第十三經換的是「味」,第十五經換的是「使」,第十九經換的是「結」,第二十一經換的是「動搖」。你讀到第十經,大概已經能背出下一經的結尾。這不是經文偷懶。每一個被縛的人,縛處各不相同——有人是不知道色無常,有人是知道卻還愛喜,有人是被一句「我勝、我等、我劣」〔T02 0006a29〕纏住。所以同一條路,要從每一個門口再說一遍。
那一個字
但相鄰的兩經之間,常常真的只換一個詞。第九經說「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。」〔T02 0002a03〕四個詞,兩個「即」、一個「亦」。無常不是一件事,苦另一件,非我又一件;是看見無常的那一眼,接著就看見苦,看見苦的那一眼,接著就看見非我。到第二十三經,那一個字落在「非我、不異我、不相在」〔T02 0005a22〕——色不是我,離開色也沒有另一個我,我和色也不在彼此裡面。從「無常」到「不相在」,一卷走了二十幾經,其實是同一眼一直往下看。
自己說出來
卷末三經,說法的不是佛,是舍利弗。第三十經他教人,先問。「色為常、為無常耶?」〔T02 0006b08〕答言:「無常。」〔T02 0006b08〕是苦嗎?是苦。無常、苦、變易的東西,你還見它是我嗎?不也。問到這裡,長者子輸屢那自己已經把答案說出來了,舍利弗再把它說成教法,所以經文說他「見法得法,不由於他」〔T02 0006b26〕。第三十一、三十二經,舍利弗先說、再問、問完再說一遍;中間問的那一段,還是這幾句。這一卷反覆了三十二次,到最後,是讓聽的人自己開口。
止處
一卷結在一句上:「於諸世間無所攝受;無攝受者,則無所著;無所著者,自得涅槃」〔T02 0007b11〕。攝受,是伸手去抓;不抓,就不著;不著,就不必再求什麼。這和第一經「正觀者,則生厭離;厭離者,喜貪盡;喜貪盡者,說心解脫」〔T02 0001a08〕是同一條鏈,只是從頭說到了尾。你合上這一卷,不必記得三十二經各說了什麼;只要記得它們只換一個字,而那個字,每一次都指向你自己手裡正握著的那一樣東西。
Among the thirty-two discourses of Fascicle 1, the shortest has only seven characters: “The discourse on defilement is taught in the same way.” The compilers did not even write the text out. They only tell you: take the sentence the World-Honored One spoke in the previous discourse, change it to “defilement,” and all the rest is the same. Those seven characters say everything about how to read this fascicle.
All the Rest Is the Same
Every discourse in this fascicle begins with form and then says, “and so with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” The sentence is the same; only one word changes. In the first discourse the word is “impermanent”: “Contemplate form as impermanent. Whoever contemplates thus has right contemplation.” In the thirteenth it is “gratification”; in the fifteenth, “the fetters”; in the nineteenth, “bound by the bonds”; in the twenty-first, “wavering.” By the tenth discourse you can probably recite the ending of the next one. This is not the text being lazy. Every bound person is bound in a different place. One does not know that form is impermanent; another knows and still delights in it; another is caught in a single sentence, “I am superior, I am equal, I am inferior.” So the same road has to be spoken again from every doorway.
That One Word
But between neighbouring discourses, often only one word really does change. The ninth says: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is also not mine.” Four terms, two “therefores” and one “also.” Impermanence is not one thing, suffering another, and not self a third. It is that the glance which sees impermanence goes on to see suffering, and the glance which sees suffering goes on to see not self. By the twenty-third discourse the one word falls on “not self, not other than self, not within one another”: form is not the self, apart from form there is no other self, and self and form are not inside each other. From “impermanent” to “not within one another” the fascicle has travelled more than twenty discourses, but it is the same glance looking further and further down.
Saying It Oneself
In the last three discourses the one who teaches is not the Buddha but Śāriputra. In the thirtieth he teaches by asking first. “Is form permanent or impermanent?” The answer: “Impermanent.” Is it suffering? It is suffering. Something impermanent, suffering, subject to change—do you still see it as self? No. By this point Śroṇa, the householder’s son, has already said the answer himself; Śāriputra then states it as the teaching, which is why the text says of him that he “saw the Dharma and attained the Dharma, not depending on another.” In the thirty-first and thirty-second Śāriputra first states the teaching, then asks, then states it once more; the questions in between are these same few lines. The fascicle has repeated itself thirty-two times, and at the end it lets the listener open their own mouth.
Where It Stops
The fascicle ends on one sentence: “in all the world one takes hold of nothing; taking hold of nothing, one is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, one attains nirvāṇa by oneself.” To take hold is to reach out and grasp; not grasping, one is not attached; not attached, there is nothing more to seek. This is the same chain as the first discourse, “whoever contemplates rightly gives rise to weariness; weariness exhausts delight and craving; when delight and craving are exhausted, the mind is said to be liberated,” only now spoken from beginning to end. When you close this fascicle you need not remember what each of the thirty-two discourses said. Remember only that they change one word, and that the word points, every time, to the one thing you are holding in your hand right now.
宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈五取蘊相應·卷第一〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0001a03〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷32經)。
〔T02 0001a03〕雜阿含經卷第一 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0001a06〕(一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當觀色無常。如是觀者,則為正觀。正觀者,則生厭離;厭離者,喜貪盡;喜貪盡者,說心解脫。「如是觀受、想、行、識無常。如是觀者,則為正觀。正觀者,則生厭離;厭離者,喜貪盡;喜貪盡者,說心解脫。「如是,比丘!心解脫者,若欲自證,則能自證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「如觀無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001a16〕(二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色當正思惟,觀色無常如實知。所以者何?比丘!於色正思惟,觀色無常如實知者,於色欲貪斷;欲貪斷者,說心解脫。「如是受、想、行、識當正思惟,觀識無常如實知。所以者何?於識正思惟,觀識無常者,則於識欲貪斷;欲貪斷者,說心解脫。「如是心解脫者,若欲自證,則能自證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』如是正思惟無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001a28〕(三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色不知、不明、不斷、不離欲,則不能斷苦。如是受、想、行、識,不知、不明、不斷、不離欲,則不能斷苦。「諸比丘!於色若知、若明、若斷、若離欲,則能斷苦;如是受、想、行、識,若知、若明、若斷、若離欲,則能堪任斷苦。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001b06〕(四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色不知、不明、不斷、不離欲、心不解脫者,則不能越生、老、病、死怖。如是受、想、行、識,不知、不明、不斷、不離欲貪、心不解脫者,則不能越生、老、病、死怖。「比丘!於色若知、若明、若斷、若離欲,則能越生、老、病、死怖。諸比丘!若知、若明、若離欲貪、心解脫者,則能越生、老、病、死怖。如是受、想、行、識,若知、若明、若斷、若離欲貪、心解脫者,則能越生、老、病、死怖。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001b16〕(五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色愛喜者,則於苦愛喜;於苦愛喜者,則於苦不得解脫、不明、不離欲。如是受、想、行、識愛喜者,則愛喜苦;愛喜苦者,則於苦不得解脫。「諸比丘!於色不愛喜者,則不喜於苦;不喜於苦者,則於苦得解脫。如是受、想、行、識不愛喜者,則不喜於苦;不喜於苦者,則於苦得解脫。「諸比丘!於色不知、不明、不離欲貪、心不解脫,貪心不解脫者,則不能斷苦;如是受、想、行、識,不知、不明、不離欲貪、心不解脫者,則不能斷苦。「於色若知、若明、若離欲貪、心得解脫者,則能斷苦;如是受、想、行、識,若知、若明、若離欲貪、心得解脫者,則能斷苦。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001c02〕(六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色不知、不明、不離欲貪、心不解脫者,則不能越生、老、病、死怖;如是受、想、行、識,不知、不明、不離欲貪、心不解脫者,則不能越生、老、病、死怖。「諸比丘!於色若知、若明、若離欲貪、心解脫者,則能越生、老、病、死怖;如是受、想、行、識,若知、若明、若離欲貪、心解脫者,則能越生、老、病、死怖。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0001c11〕(七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於色愛喜者,則於苦愛喜;於苦愛喜者,則於苦不得解脫。如是受、想、行、識愛喜者,則愛喜苦;愛喜苦者,則於苦不得解脫。「諸比丘!於色不愛喜者,則不喜於苦;不喜於苦者,則於苦得解脫。如是受、想、行、識不愛喜者,則不喜於苦;不喜於苦者,則於苦得解脫。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 無常及苦、空非我、正思惟 無知等四種及於色喜樂 〔T02 0001c22〕(八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過去、未來色無常,況現在色!聖弟子!如是觀者,不顧過去色,不欲未來色,於現在色厭、離欲、正向滅盡。如是,過去、未來受、想、行、識無常,況現在識!聖弟子!如是觀者,不顧過去識,不欣未來識,於現在識厭、離欲、正向滅盡。如無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是。」時,諸比 〔T02 0002a01〕丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002a02〕(九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。如是觀者,名真實正觀。如是受、想、行、識無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。如是觀者,名真實觀。「聖弟子!如是觀者,厭於色,厭受、想、行、識,厭故不樂,不樂故得解脫。解脫者真實智生:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002a12〕(一〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者即非我所。如是觀者,名真實觀。如是受、想、行、識無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者即非我所。如是觀者,名真實觀。「聖弟子!如是觀者,於色解脫,於受、想、行、識解脫。我說是等解脫於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002a21〕(一一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色無常,若因、若緣生諸色者,彼亦無常。無常因、無常緣所生諸色,云何有常?如是受、想、行、識無常,若因、若緣生諸識者,彼亦無常。無常因、無常緣所生諸識,云何有常?如是,諸比丘!色無常,受、想、行、識無常。無常者則是苦,苦者則非我,非我者則非我所。「聖弟子!如是觀者,厭於色,厭於受、想、行、識。厭者不樂,不樂則解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002b04〕(一二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「色無常,若因、若緣生諸色者,彼亦無常。無常因、無常緣所生諸色,云何有常?受、想、行、識無常,若因、若緣生諸識者,彼亦無常。無常因、無常緣所生諸識。云何有常?「如是,比丘!色無常,受、想、行、識無常,無常者則是苦,苦者則非我,非我者則非我所。如是觀者,名真實觀。聖弟子!如是觀者,於色解脫,於受、想、行、識解脫。我說是等為解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002b15〕(一三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若眾生於色不味者,則不染於色;以眾生於色味故,則有染著。如是眾生於受、想、行、識不味者,彼眾生則不染於識;以眾生味受、想、行、識故,彼眾生染著於識。「諸比丘!若色於眾生不為患者,彼諸眾生不應厭色,以色為眾生患故,彼諸眾生則厭於色。如是受、想、行、識不為患者,彼諸眾生不應厭識;以受、想、行、識為眾生患故,彼諸眾生則厭於識。「諸比丘!若色於眾生無出離者,彼諸眾生不應出離於色;以色於眾生有出離故,彼諸眾生出離於色。如是受、想、行、識於眾生無出離者,彼諸眾生不應出離於識。以受、想、行、識於眾生有出離故,彼諸眾生出離於識。「諸比丘!若我於此五受陰不如實知味是味、患是患、離是離者,我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,不脫、不出、不離,永住顛倒,亦不能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。「諸比丘!我以如實知此五受陰味是味、患是患、離是離故,我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,自證得脫、得出、得離、得解脫結縛,永不住顛倒,亦能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0002c11〕(一四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我昔於色味有求有行,若於色味隨順覺,則於色味以智慧如實見。如是於受、想、行、識味有求有行,若於受、想、行、識味隨順覺,則於識味以智慧如實見。「諸比丘!我於色患有求有行,若於色患隨順覺,則於色患以智慧如實見;如是受、想、行、識患有求有行,若於識患隨順覺,則於識患以智慧如實見。「諸比丘!我於色離有求有行,若於色離隨順覺,則於色離以智慧如實見;如是受、想、行、識離有求有行,若於受、想、行、識離隨順覺,則於受、想、行、識離以智慧如實見。「諸比丘!我於五受陰不如實知味是味、患是患、離是離者,我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,不脫、不離、不出,永住顛倒,不能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。「諸比丘!我以如實知五受陰味是味、患是患、離是離,我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,以 〔T02 0003a01〕脫、以離、以出,永不住顛倒,能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 過去四種說厭離及解脫 二種說因緣味亦復二種 〔T02 0003a06〕(一五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘來詣佛所,稽首佛足,却住一面,白佛言:「善哉!世尊!今當為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,修不放逸。修不放逸已,當復思惟:『所以善男子出家,剃除鬚髮,身著法服,信家非家出家,為究竟無上梵行,現法作證:「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」』」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「善哉!善哉!比丘快說此言,云:『當為我略說法要,我聞法已,獨一靜處,修不放逸,乃至自知不受後有。』如是說耶?」比丘白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。比丘!若隨使使者,即隨使死;若隨使死者,為取所縛。比丘!若不隨使使,則不隨使死;不隨使死者,則於取解脫。」比丘白佛:「知已,世尊!知已,善逝!」佛告比丘:「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘白佛言:「世尊!色隨使使、色隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,則為取所縛。如是受、想、行、識,隨使使、隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,為取所縛。「世尊!若色不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則於取解脫。如是受、想、行、識,不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則於取解脫。如是,世尊!略說法中,廣解其義。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!比丘!於我略說法中,廣解其義。所以者何?色隨使使、隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,則為取所縛。如是受、想、行、識,隨使使、隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,則為取所縛。「比丘!色不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則於取解脫。如是受、想、行、識,不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則於取解脫。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。獨在靜處,精勤修習,住不放逸。精勤修習,住不放逸已,思惟:「所以善男子出家,剃除鬚髮,身著法服,信家非家出家,乃至自知不受後有。」時,彼比丘即成羅漢,心得解脫。 〔T02 0003b14〕(一六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘來詣佛所。所問如上,差別者:「隨使使、隨使死者,則增諸數;若不隨使使、不隨使死者,則不增諸數。」佛告比丘:「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」時,彼比丘白佛言:「世尊!若色隨使使、隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,則增諸數。如是受、想、行、識,隨使使、隨使死;隨使使、隨使死者,則增諸數。「世尊!若色不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則不增諸數。如是受、想、行、識,不隨使使、不隨使死;不隨使使、不隨使死者,則不增諸數。如是,世尊!我於略說法中,廣解其義。」如是,乃至得阿羅漢,心得解脫。 〔T02 0003b28〕(一七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。有異比丘從座起,偏袒右肩,合掌白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我略說法要。我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,住不放逸:『所以善男子出家,剃除鬚髮,身著法服,信家非家,出家學道,為究竟無上梵行,現法身作證:「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」』」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝作是說:『世尊!為我略說法要,我於略說法中,廣解其義,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,住不放逸,乃至自知不受後有。』汝如是說耶?」比丘白佛:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。比丘!非汝所應之法,宜速斷除。斷彼法者,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘白佛言:「知已。世尊!知已。善逝!」佛告比丘:「云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘白佛言:「世尊!色非我所應,宜速斷除;受、想、行、識非我所應,宜速斷除。以義饒益,長夜安樂。是故,世尊!我於世尊略說法中,廣解其義。」佛言:「善哉!善哉!比丘!汝於我略說法中,廣解其義。所以者何?色者非汝所應,宜速斷除。如是受、想、行、識非汝所應,宜速斷除。斷除已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。獨一靜處,精勤修習,住不放逸。精勤修習,住不放逸已,思惟:「所以善男子出家,剃除鬚髮,身著法服,正信非家出家,乃至自知不受後有。」時,彼比丘成阿羅漢,心得解脫。 〔T02 0003c28〕(一八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘從座起,偏袒右肩, 〔T02 0004a01〕為佛作禮,却住一面,而白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝作如是說:『世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。』耶?」時,彼比丘白佛言:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。若非汝所應,亦非餘人所應,此法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘白佛言:「知已。世尊!知已。善逝!」佛告比丘:「云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘白佛言:「世尊!色非我、非我所應,亦非餘人所應,是法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。如是受、想、行、識,非我、非我所應,亦非餘人所應,宜速除斷,斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。是故,我於如來略說法中,廣解其義。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝於我略說法中,廣解其義。所以者何?比丘!色非我、非我所應,亦非餘人所應,是法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。如是受、想、行、識,非我、非我所應,亦非餘人所應,是法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。獨一靜處,精勤修習,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。時,彼比丘心得解脫,成阿羅漢。 〔T02 0004a28〕(一九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘從座起,為佛作禮,而白佛言:「世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住。不放逸住已,思惟:『所以善男子正信家非家出家,乃至自知不受後有。』」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今作是說:『善哉!世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。』耶?」比丘白佛言:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。比丘!結所繫法宜速除斷,斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘白佛言:「知已。世尊!知已。善逝!」佛告比丘:「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘白佛言:「世尊!色是結所繫法,是結所繫法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。如是受、想、行、識結所繫法,是結所繫法宜速除斷。斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。是故我於世尊略說法中,廣解其義。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝於我略說法中,廣解其義。所以者何?色是結所繫法,此法宜速除斷,斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。如是受、想、行、識是結所繫法,此法宜速除斷,斷彼法已,以義饒益,長夜安樂。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至心得解脫,成阿羅漢。 〔T02 0004b25〕(二〇) 染經亦如是說。 〔T02 0004b26〕(二一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘從座起,為佛作禮,而白佛言:「世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住。不放逸住已,思惟:『所以善男子正信非家出家,乃至自知不受後有。』」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今作是說:『善哉!世尊!為我略說法要,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。』耶?」比丘白佛言:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。比丘!動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬。」比丘白佛言:「知已。世尊!知已。善逝!」佛告比丘:「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘白佛言:「世尊!色動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬。如是受、想、行、識動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬。是故我於世尊略說法中,廣解其義。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝於我略說法中,廣解其義。所以者何?若色動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬。如是受、想、行、識動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬。」乃至自知不受後有,心得解脫,成阿羅漢。 〔T02 0004c20〕(二二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有比丘名劫波,來詣佛所,頭面禮足,却住一面,白佛言:「如世尊說,比丘心得善解脫。世尊!云何比丘心得善解脫?」爾時,世尊告劫波曰:「善哉!善哉!能問如來心善解脫。善哉!劫波!諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。劫波!當觀知諸所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切悉皆無常。正觀無常已,色愛即除。色愛除已,心善解脫。 〔T02 0005a01〕如是觀受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外、若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切悉皆無常。正觀無常已,識愛即除。識愛除已,我說心善解脫。劫波!如是,比丘心善解脫者,如來說名心善解脫。所以者何?愛欲斷故。愛欲斷者,如來說名心善解脫。」時,劫波比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。爾時,劫波比丘受佛教已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住。乃至自知不受後有。心善解脫,成阿羅漢。 〔T02 0005a11〕(二三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,頭面禮足,却住一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,能令無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著?」佛告羅睺羅:「善哉!善哉!能問如來:『云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,令無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著?』耶。」羅睺羅白佛言:「如是,世尊!」佛告羅睺羅:「善哉!諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。羅睺羅!當觀若所有諸色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切悉皆非我、不異我、不相在,如是平等慧正觀。如是受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在。如是平等慧如實觀。「如是,羅睺羅!比丘如是知、如是見。如是知、如是見者,於此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著。「羅睺羅!比丘若如是於此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著者,比丘是名斷愛欲,轉去諸結,正無間等,究竟苦邊。」時,羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0005b05〕(二四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城伽蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告羅睺羅:「比丘!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著?」羅睺羅白佛言:「世尊為法主、為導、為覆。善哉!世尊當為諸比丘演說此義,諸比丘從佛聞已,當受持奉行。」佛告羅睺羅:「諦聽!諦聽!善思念之,當為汝說。」羅睺羅白佛:「唯然,受教。」佛告羅睺羅:「當觀諸所有色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在。如是平等慧如實觀。如是受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在。如是平等慧如實觀。「比丘!如是知、如是見我此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著。「羅睺羅!比丘如是識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著者,超越疑心,遠離諸相,寂靜解脫,是名比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,正無間等,究竟苦邊。」時,羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 使、增諸數非我、非彼結繫、動搖 劫波所問亦羅睺羅所問二經 〔T02 0005b28〕(二五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有異比丘來詣佛所,為佛作禮,却住一面,白佛言:「如世尊說多聞,云何為多聞?」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今問我多聞義耶?」比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。比丘當知,若聞色是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法,是名多聞;如是聞受、想、行、識,是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法,是名多聞比丘,是名如來所說多聞。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0005c09〕(二六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘來詣佛所,頭面禮足,却住一面,白佛言:「如世尊所說法師,云何名為法師?」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今欲知如來所說法師義耶?」比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。」佛告比丘:「若於色說是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法者,是名法師;若於受、想、行、識,說是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法者,是名法師,是名如來所說法師。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0005c20〕(二七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘來詣佛所,頭面作禮,却住一面,白佛言:「如世尊說法次法向,云何法次法向?」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今欲知法次法向耶?」比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。比丘!於色向厭、離欲、滅盡,是名法次法向;如是受、想、行、識,於識向厭、離欲、滅盡,是名法次法向。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0005c29〕(二八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤 〔T02 0006a01〕獨園。爾時,有異比丘來詣佛所,頭面禮足,却住一面,白佛言:「世尊!如世尊所說,得見法涅槃,云何比丘得見法涅槃?」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝今欲知見法涅槃耶?」比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。」佛告比丘:「於色生厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心正解脫,是名比丘見法涅槃;如是受、想、行、識,於識生厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心正解脫,是名比丘見法涅槃。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0006a12〕(二九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,有異比丘名三蜜離提,來詣佛所,頭面禮足,却住一面,白佛言:「如世尊說說法師。云何名為說法師?」佛告比丘:「汝今欲知說法師義耶?」比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。若比丘於色說厭、離欲、滅盡,是名說法師。如是於受、想、行、識,於識說厭、離欲、滅盡,是名說法師。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。 多聞、善說法向法及涅槃 三蜜離提問云何說法師 〔T02 0006a24〕(三〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山中。時,有長者子名輸屢那。日日遊行,到耆闍崛山,詣尊者舍利弗,問訊起居已,却坐一面,語舍利弗言:「若諸沙門、婆羅門於無常色、變易、不安隱色言:『我勝、我等、我劣。』何故沙門、婆羅門作如是想,而不見真實?若沙門、婆羅門於無常、變易、不安隱受、想、行、識而言:『我勝、我等、我劣。』何故沙門、婆羅門作如是想,而不見真實?「若沙門、婆羅門於無常色、變易、不安隱色言:『我勝、我等、我劣。』何所計而不見真實?於無常、變易、不安隱受、想、行、識言:『我勝、我等、我劣。』何所計而不見真實?」「輸屢那!於汝意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」答言:「無常。」「輸屢那!若無常,為是苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」「輸屢那!若無常、苦,是變易法,於意云何?聖弟子於中見色是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也。」「輸屢那!於意云何?受、想、行、識為常、為無常?」答言:「無常。」「若無常,是苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」「輸屢那!識若無常、苦,是變易法,於意云何?聖弟子於中見識是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也。」「輸屢那!當知色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切色不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。如是受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切識不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。輸屢那!如是於色、受、想、行、識生厭,離欲、解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,舍利弗說是經已,長者子輸屢那遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。時,長者子輸屢那見法得法,不由於他,於正法中,得無所畏。從坐起,偏袒右肩,胡跪合掌,白舍利弗言:「我今已度,我從今日歸依佛、歸依法、歸依僧,為優婆塞。我從今日已,盡壽命,清淨歸依三寶。」時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。 〔T02 0006c04〕(三一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山。時,有長者子名輸屢那,日日遊行,到耆闍崛山,詣舍利弗所,頭面禮足,却坐一面。時,舍利弗謂:「輸屢那!若沙門、婆羅門於色不如實知,色集不如實知,色滅不如實知,色滅道跡不如實知故,輸屢那!當知此沙門、婆羅門不堪能斷色。如是沙門、婆羅門於受、想、行、識不如實知,識集不如實知,識滅不如實知,識滅道跡不如實知故,不堪能斷識。「輸屢那!若沙門、婆羅門於色如實知,色集如實知,色滅如實知,色滅道跡如實知故,輸屢那!當知此沙門、婆羅門堪能斷色。如是,輸屢那!若沙門、婆羅門於受、想、行、識如實知,識集如實知,識滅如實知,識滅道跡如實知故,輸屢那!當知此沙門、婆羅門堪能斷識。「輸屢那!於意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」答言:「無常。」又問:「若無常者,是苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」舍利弗言:「若色無常、苦者,是變易法,聖弟子寧於中見色是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也。」「輸屢那!如是受、想、行、識為常、為無常耶?」答言:「無常。」又問:「若無常者,是苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」又問:「若無常、苦者,是變易法,聖弟子寧於中見識是我、異我、相在不?」答曰:「不也。」「輸屢那!當知色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細、若好、若醜,若遠、若近,於 〔T02 0007a01〕一切色不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。輸屢那!聖弟子於色生厭、離欲、解脫,解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。「如是受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切識不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。輸屢那!聖弟子於識生厭、離欲、解脫,解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱。」時,輸屢那聞舍利弗所說,歡喜踊躍,作禮已,去。 〔T02 0007a10〕(三二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山。時,有長者子名輸屢那,日日遊行,到耆闍崛山,詣舍利弗所,頭面禮足,却坐一面。時,舍利弗告輸屢那:「若沙門、婆羅門於色不如實知,色集不如實知,色滅不如實知,色味不如實知,色患不如實知,色離不如實知故,不堪能超越色。若沙門、婆羅門於受、想、行、識不如實知,識集不如實知,識滅不如實知,識味不如實知,識患不如實知,識離不如實知故,此沙門、婆羅門不堪能超越識。「若沙門、婆羅門於色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離如實知,此沙門、婆羅門堪能超越色。若沙門、婆羅門於受、想、行、識、識集、識滅、識味、識患、識離如實知,此沙門、婆羅門堪能超越識。「輸屢那!於汝意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」答言:「無常。」「無常者,為苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」「輸屢那!若色無常、苦,是變易法,聖弟子於中寧有是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也。」「輸屢那!於汝意云何?如是受、想、行、識為常、為無常?」答言:「無常。」「若無常者,是苦耶?」答言:「是苦。」「輸屢那!若無常、苦,是變易法,聖弟子於中寧有是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也。」「輸屢那!當知色,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,於一切色不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。「輸屢那!受、想、行、識,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,於一切識不是我、不異我、不相在,是名如實知。「輸屢那!聖弟子於此五受陰正觀非我、非我所。如是正觀,於諸世間無所攝受;無攝受者,則無所著;無所著者,自得涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。 雜阿含經卷第一
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第一,五取蘊相應之首,自經一至經三十二,凡三十二經;其間有結集者所立之攝頌四首,各隨所攝諸經之後。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。
〔0·題署〕(0001a03)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第一」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經三十二部,卷末仍以「雜阿含經卷第一」作結。
〔1·當觀色無常〕(0001a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當觀察色是無常的。這樣觀察,就是正確的觀察。正確地觀察,就生起厭離;生起厭離,喜與貪就窮盡;喜與貪窮盡了,就說他的心得到解脫。像這樣觀察受、想、行、識是無常的。這樣觀察,就是正確的觀察。正確地觀察,就生起厭離;生起厭離,喜與貪就窮盡;喜與貪窮盡了,就說他的心得到解脫。就是這樣,比丘啊!心已經解脫的人,如果想要自己證知,就能自己證知:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。如同觀察無常,觀察苦、空、非我,也是同樣如此。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔2·於色當正思惟〕(0001a16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於色,應當正確地思惟,觀察色是無常而如實地了知。為什麼呢?比丘啊!對於色正確地思惟、觀察色是無常而如實了知的人,對色的欲貪就斷了;欲貪斷了,就說他的心得到解脫。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,應當正確地思惟,觀察識是無常而如實地了知。為什麼呢?對於識正確地思惟、觀察識是無常的人,對識的欲貪就斷了;欲貪斷了,就說他的心得到解脫。像這樣心已經解脫的人,如果想要自己證知,就能自己證知:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。像這樣正確地思惟無常,正確地思惟苦、空、非我,也是同樣如此。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔3·於色不知〕(0001a28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於色,不了知、不明白、不斷除、不離欲,就不能斷除苦。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,不了知、不明白、不斷除、不離欲,就不能斷除苦。諸比丘!對於色,如果了知、如果明白、如果斷除、如果離欲,就能斷除苦;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,如果了知、如果明白、如果斷除、如果離欲,就堪能斷除苦。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔4·於色不知〕(0001b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於色,不了知、不明白、不斷除、不離欲、心不解脫的人,就不能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,不了知、不明白、不斷除、不離欲貪、心不解脫的人,就不能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。比丘啊!對於色,如果了知、如果明白、如果斷除、如果離欲,就能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。諸比丘!如果了知、如果明白、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,如果了知、如果明白、如果斷除、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔5·於色愛喜者〕(0001b16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對色愛著歡喜的人,就是對苦愛著歡喜;對苦愛著歡喜的人,就不能從苦得到解脫,不明白,不離欲。像這樣,對受、想、行、識愛著歡喜的人,就是愛著歡喜苦;愛著歡喜苦的人,就不能從苦得到解脫。諸比丘!對色不愛著歡喜的人,就不歡喜苦;不歡喜苦的人,就從苦得到解脫。像這樣,對受、想、行、識不愛著歡喜的人,就不歡喜苦;不歡喜苦的人,就從苦得到解脫。諸比丘!對於色不了知、不明白、不離欲貪、心不解脫——貪著之心不得解脫的人,就不能斷除苦;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識不了知、不明白、不離欲貪、心不解脫的人,就不能斷除苦。對於色,如果了知、如果明白、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能斷除苦;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,如果了知、如果明白、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能斷除苦。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔6·於色不知〕(0001c02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於色,不了知、不明白、不離欲貪、心不解脫的人,就不能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,不了知、不明白、不離欲貪、心不解脫的人,就不能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。諸比丘!對於色,如果了知、如果明白、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識,如果了知、如果明白、如果離欲貪、心得解脫的人,就能超越生、老、病、死的怖畏。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔7·於色愛喜者〕(0001c11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對色愛著歡喜的人,就是對苦愛著歡喜;對苦愛著歡喜的人,就不能從苦得到解脫。像這樣,對受、想、行、識愛著歡喜的人,就是愛著歡喜苦;愛著歡喜苦的人,就不能從苦得到解脫。諸比丘!對色不愛著歡喜的人,就不歡喜苦;不歡喜苦的人,就從苦得到解脫。像這樣,對受、想、行、識不愛著歡喜的人,就不歡喜苦;不歡喜苦的人,就從苦得到解脫。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔攝頌·經1–7〕(0001c20)以上七經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「無常及苦、空」,觀無常,以及苦、空——『經1』;「非我」,觀非我——『經1』;「正思惟」,正確地思惟——『經2』;「無知等四種」,以不了知等為題的四部經——『經3–6』;「及於色喜樂」,還有對色的愛喜——『經7』。
〔8·過去、未來色〕(0001c22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『過去、未來的色是無常的,何況現在的色!聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,不顧戀過去的色,不貪求未來的色,對於現在的色生起厭、離欲、正趣向於滅盡。像這樣,過去、未來的受、想、行、識是無常的,何況現在的識!聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,不顧戀過去的識,不欣求未來的識,對於現在的識生起厭、離欲、正趣向於滅盡。如同無常,苦、空、非我,也是同樣如此。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔9·色無常,無常〕(0002a02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是無常的,無常的就是苦,苦的就是非我,非我的也就不是我所有的。這樣觀察,名為真實的正觀。像這樣,受、想、行、識是無常的,無常的就是苦,苦的就是非我,非我的也就不是我所有的。這樣觀察,名為真實的觀察。聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,厭於色,厭於受、想、行、識;因為厭,所以不樂著;因為不樂著,所以得解脫。解脫的人,生起真實的智慧:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔10·色無常,無常〕(0002a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是無常的,無常的就是苦,苦的就是非我,非我的就不是我所有的。這樣觀察,名為真實的觀察。像這樣,受、想、行、識是無常的,無常的就是苦,苦的就是非我,非我的就不是我所有的。這樣觀察,名為真實的觀察。聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,從色得解脫,從受、想、行、識得解脫。我說這些人,從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱中得解脫。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔11·色無常,若因〕(0002a21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是無常的;那些作為因、作為緣而生起諸色的,它們也是無常的。由無常的因、無常的緣所生起的諸色,怎麼會是常的呢?像這樣,受、想、行、識是無常的;那些作為因、作為緣而生起諸識的,它們也是無常的。由無常的因、無常的緣所生起的諸識,怎麼會是常的呢?就是這樣,諸比丘!色是無常的,受、想、行、識是無常的。無常的就是苦,苦的就不是我,不是我的就不是我所有的。聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,厭於色,厭於受、想、行、識。厭了就不樂著,不樂著就得解脫,解脫了就生起知見:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔12·色無常,若因〕(0002b04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『色是無常的;那些作為因、作為緣而生起諸色的,它們也是無常的。由無常的因、無常的緣所生起的諸色,怎麼會是常的呢?受、想、行、識是無常的;那些作為因、作為緣而生起諸識的,它們也是無常的。由無常的因、無常的緣所生起的諸識,怎麼會是常的呢?就是這樣,比丘啊!色是無常的,受、想、行、識是無常的;無常的就是苦,苦的就不是我,不是我的就不是我所有的。這樣觀察,名為真實的觀察。聖弟子啊!這樣觀察的人,從色得解脫,從受、想、行、識得解脫。我說這些人,是從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱中解脫了。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔13·若眾生於色〕(0002b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果眾生對色不嘗其滋味,就不會染著於色;因為眾生對色嘗其滋味,所以有染著。像這樣,眾生對受、想、行、識不嘗其滋味,那些眾生就不會染著於識;因為眾生嘗受、想、行、識的滋味,那些眾生就染著於識。諸比丘!如果色對眾生不成為禍患,那些眾生就不應當厭色;因為色是眾生的禍患,所以那些眾生就厭於色。像這樣,受、想、行、識若不成為禍患,那些眾生就不應當厭識;因為受、想、行、識是眾生的禍患,所以那些眾生就厭於識。諸比丘!如果色對眾生沒有出離之道,那些眾生就不應當從色出離;因為色對眾生有出離之道,所以那些眾生從色出離。像這樣,受、想、行、識對眾生若沒有出離之道,那些眾生就不應當從識出離;因為受、想、行、識對眾生有出離之道,所以那些眾生從識出離。諸比丘!如果我對這五受陰,不如實地知道滋味就是滋味、禍患就是禍患、出離就是出離,那麼我在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人大眾之中,就不得脫、不得出、不得離,永遠住在顛倒之中,也不能自己證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,也就是無上正等正覺。諸比丘!因為我如實地知道這五受陰,滋味就是滋味、禍患就是禍患、出離就是出離,所以我在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人大眾之中,自己證得了脫、得了出、得了離、得以從結縛中解脫,永遠不再住於顛倒,也能自己證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔14·我昔於色味〕(0002c11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我從前對於色的滋味,有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對色的滋味隨順而覺知的,就對色的滋味以智慧如實地見到。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識的滋味有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對受、想、行、識的滋味隨順而覺知的,就對識的滋味以智慧如實地見到。諸比丘!我對於色的禍患有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對色的禍患隨順而覺知的,就對色的禍患以智慧如實地見到;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識的禍患有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對識的禍患隨順而覺知的,就對識的禍患以智慧如實地見到。諸比丘!我對於色的出離有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對色的出離隨順而覺知的,就對色的出離以智慧如實地見到;像這樣,對於受、想、行、識的出離有所尋求、有所踐行;凡是對受、想、行、識的出離隨順而覺知的,就對受、想、行、識的出離以智慧如實地見到。諸比丘!如果我對這五受陰,不如實地知道滋味就是滋味、禍患就是禍患、出離就是出離,那麼我在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人大眾之中,就不得脫、不得離、不得出,永遠住在顛倒之中,不能自己證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。諸比丘!因為我如實地知道五受陰,滋味就是滋味、禍患就是禍患、出離就是出離,所以我在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人大眾之中,得以脫、得以離、得以出,永遠不住於顛倒,能夠自己證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。』當時,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔攝頌·經8–14〕(0003a04)以上七經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「過去四種說」,說過去、未來、現在,並及無常、苦、空、非我四種——『經8』;「厭離及解脫」,說厭離——『經9』,以及說解脫——『經10』;「二種說因緣」,兩部經說因與緣——『經11–12』;「味亦復二種」,說滋味的也有兩部——『經13–14』。
〔15·今當為我略說〕(0003a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『太好了,世尊!現在請為我簡略地說法的要義。我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,修習不放逸。修習不放逸之後,將再思惟:善男子之所以出家,剃除鬚髮,身穿法服,以信心從在家走入非家而出家,是為了究竟無上的梵行,在現世親自作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!比丘你說這話說得好,你說:請為我簡略地說法的要義,我聽了法以後,獨自在一處寂靜的地方,修習不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。你是這樣說的嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。比丘啊!如果隨著使而被它驅使,就隨著使而死;如果隨著使而死,就被取所繫縛。比丘啊!如果不隨著使而被它驅使,就不隨著使而死;不隨著使而死,就從取得到解脫。』比丘對佛說:『明白了,世尊!明白了,善逝!』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!色隨著使而被驅使、色隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就被取所繫縛。像這樣,受、想、行、識隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就被取所繫縛。世尊!如果色不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就從取得到解脫。像這樣,受、想、行、識不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就從取得到解脫。世尊,就是這樣,在簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!比丘!你在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。為什麼呢?色隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就被取所繫縛。像這樣,受、想、行、識隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就被取所繫縛。比丘啊!色不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就從取得到解脫。像這樣,受、想、行、識不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就從取得到解脫。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,心中非常歡喜,禮佛之後退下。他獨自在寂靜的地方,精勤修習,安住於不放逸。精勤修習、安住於不放逸之後,他思惟:善男子之所以出家,剃除鬚髮,身穿法服,以信心從在家走入非家而出家,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。當時,那位比丘就成為阿羅漢,心得解脫。
〔16·所問如上〕(0003b14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處。所問的和前一部經相同,差別只在這裡:『隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就增長諸數;如果不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死,就不增長諸數。』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』當時,那位比丘對佛說:『世尊!如果色隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就增長諸數。像這樣,受、想、行、識隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死;隨著使而被驅使、隨著使而死的,就增長諸數。世尊!如果色不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就不增長諸數。像這樣,受、想、行、識不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死;不隨著使而被驅使、不隨著使而死的,就不增長諸數。世尊,就是這樣,我在簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』像這樣,乃至證得阿羅漢,心得解脫。
〔17·為我略說法要〕(0003b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。有一位比丘從座位起身,偏袒右肩,合掌對佛說:『太好了,世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義。我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸:善男子之所以出家,剃除鬚髮,身穿法服,以信心從在家走入非家,出家學道,是為了究竟無上的梵行,在現世以身作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!你這樣說:世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義,我在簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。你是這樣說的嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。比丘啊!不是你所應有的法,應當迅速斷除。斷除了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘對佛說:『明白了。世尊!明白了。善逝!』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!色不是我所應有的,應當迅速斷除;受、想、行、識不是我所應有的,應當迅速斷除。這樣就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。所以,世尊!我在世尊簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』佛說:『好啊!好啊!比丘!你在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。為什麼呢?色不是你所應有的,應當迅速斷除。像這樣,受、想、行、識不是你所應有的,應當迅速斷除。斷除之後,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,心中非常歡喜,禮佛之後退下。他獨自在一處寂靜的地方,精勤修習,安住於不放逸。精勤修習、安住於不放逸之後,他思惟:善男子之所以出家,剃除鬚髮,身穿法服,以正信從在家走入非家而出家,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。當時,那位比丘成為阿羅漢,心得解脫。
〔18·為我略說法要〕(0003c28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘從座位起身,偏袒右肩,向佛作禮,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『太好了,世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義。我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你這樣說:世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義,我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有——是這樣嗎?』當時,那位比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。如果不是你所應有的,也不是其他人所應有的,這樣的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘對佛說:『明白了。世尊!明白了。善逝!』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!色不是我,不是我所應有的,也不是其他人所應有的,這樣的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。像這樣,受、想、行、識不是我,不是我所應有的,也不是其他人所應有的,應當迅速除斷;除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。所以,我在如來簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。為什麼呢?比丘啊!色不是我,不是我所應有的,也不是其他人所應有的,這樣的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。像這樣,受、想、行、識不是我,不是我所應有的,也不是其他人所應有的,這樣的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,心中非常歡喜,禮佛之後退下。他獨自在一處寂靜的地方,精勤修習,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。當時,那位比丘心得解脫,成為阿羅漢。
〔19·為我略說法要〕(0004a28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘從座位起身,向佛作禮,對佛說:『世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義。我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸。安住於不放逸之後,將思惟:善男子之所以以正信從在家走入非家而出家,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在這樣說:太好了,世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義,我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有——是這樣嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。比丘啊!被結所繫縛的法,應當迅速除斷;除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘對佛說:『明白了。世尊!明白了。善逝!』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!色是被結所繫縛的法,這被結所繫縛的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。像這樣,受、想、行、識是被結所繫縛的法,這被結所繫縛的法應當迅速除斷。除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。所以,我在世尊簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。為什麼呢?色是被結所繫縛的法,這樣的法應當迅速除斷;除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。像這樣,受、想、行、識是被結所繫縛的法,這樣的法應當迅速除斷;除斷了那些法,就能以義理得到饒益,長夜安樂。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,心中非常歡喜,禮佛之後退下,獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至心得解脫,成為阿羅漢。
〔20·染經亦如是〕(0004b25)染經,也是這樣說的。
〔21·為我略說法要〕(0004b26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘從座位起身,向佛作禮,對佛說:『世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義。我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸。安住於不放逸之後,將思惟:善男子之所以以正信走入非家而出家,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在這樣說:太好了,世尊!請為我簡略地說法的要義,我聽了法以後,將獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有——是這樣嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。比丘啊!動搖的時候,就被魔所繫縛;如果不動,就從波旬得到解脫。』比丘對佛說:『明白了。世尊!明白了。善逝!』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解其中的義理?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!色動搖的時候,就被魔所繫縛;如果不動,就從波旬得到解脫。像這樣,受、想、行、識動搖的時候,就被魔所繫縛;如果不動,就從波旬得到解脫。所以,我在世尊簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你在我簡略所說的法中,廣泛地理解了其中的義理。為什麼呢?如果色動搖的時候,就被魔所繫縛;如果不動,就從波旬得到解脫。像這樣,受、想、行、識動搖的時候,就被魔所繫縛;如果不動,就從波旬得到解脫。』乃至那位比丘自己知道不再承受後世的有,心得解脫,成為阿羅漢。
〔22·如世尊說〕(0004c20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘名叫劫波,來到佛的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『如世尊所說:比丘的心得到善解脫。世尊!怎樣是比丘的心得到善解脫?』那時,世尊告訴劫波說:『好啊!好啊!你能向如來問心善解脫的事。好啊,劫波!仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。劫波!應當觀察了知所有的色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切全都是無常的。正確地觀察無常之後,對色的愛就除去了。對色的愛除去之後,心就善解脫。像這樣觀察受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的、粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切全都是無常的。正確地觀察無常之後,對識的愛就除去了。對識的愛除去之後,我說他心善解脫。劫波!像這樣,比丘心善解脫的,如來說他名為心善解脫。為什麼呢?因為愛欲斷了。愛欲斷了的人,如來說他名為心善解脫。』當時,劫波比丘聽了佛所說的,心中非常歡喜,禮佛之後退下。那時,劫波比丘領受了佛的教誨之後,獨自在一處寂靜的地方,專精地思惟,安住於不放逸,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有,心善解脫,成為阿羅漢。
〔23·云何知、云何見〕(0005a11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者羅睺羅來到佛的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『世尊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,才能使我沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著?』佛告訴羅睺羅:『好啊!好啊!你能問如來:怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,使我沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著——是這樣嗎?』羅睺羅對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴羅睺羅:『好啊!仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。羅睺羅!應當觀察所有的諸色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、也不是相互在對方之中——像這樣以平等的智慧正確地觀察。像這樣,受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、也不是相互在對方之中——像這樣以平等的智慧如實地觀察。就是這樣,羅睺羅!比丘這樣知、這樣見。這樣知、這樣見的人,對於這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,就沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著。羅睺羅!比丘如果這樣,對於這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著,這位比丘就名為斷除了愛欲,轉去了諸結,以正無間等,究竟了苦的邊際。』當時,羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔24·云何知、云何見〕(0005b05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的伽蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴羅睺羅:『比丘啊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,才沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著?』羅睺羅對佛說:『世尊是法的主人,是引導者,是覆護者。太好了,世尊應當為諸比丘演說這個義理;諸比丘從佛那裡聽了之後,當會受持奉行。』佛告訴羅睺羅:『仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念,我將為你解說。』羅睺羅對佛說:『是的,我領受教誨。』佛告訴羅睺羅:『應當觀察所有的諸色,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、也不是相互在對方之中——像這樣以平等的智慧如實地觀察。像這樣,受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都不是我、不異於我、也不是相互在對方之中——像這樣以平等的智慧如實地觀察。比丘啊!這樣知、這樣見,對於我這個識身以及外在境界的一切相,就沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著。羅睺羅!比丘如果這樣,對於識身以及外在境界的一切相,沒有我見、我所見與我慢之使的繫著,就超越了疑心,遠離了諸相,寂靜而解脫,這就名為比丘斷除了愛欲,轉去了諸結,以正無間等,究竟了苦的邊際。』當時,羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔攝頌·經15–24〕(0005b26)以上十經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「使」,說隨使而被驅使——『經15』;「增諸數」,說增長諸數——『經16』;「非我」,說不是我所應有——『經17』;「非彼」,說也不是其他人所應有——『經18』;「結繫」,說被結所繫縛的法——『經19』;「動搖」,說動搖則被魔所繫縛——『經21』;「劫波所問」,劫波比丘所問的一經——『經22』;「亦羅睺羅所問二經」,還有羅睺羅所問的兩部經——『經23–24』。經20 只有一句略說,頌中未另出其名。
〔25·如世尊說多聞〕(0005b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處,向佛作禮,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『如世尊所說的「多聞」,怎樣是多聞?』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在是在問我多聞的意義嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我將為你解說。比丘應當知道:如果聽聞到對於色能生起厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜的法,這名為多聞;像這樣,聽聞到對於受、想、行、識能生起厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜的法,這名為多聞的比丘,這名為如來所說的多聞。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。
〔26·如世尊所說〕(0005c09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『如世尊所說的「法師」,怎樣才名為法師?』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在想要知道如來所說法師的意義嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我將為你解說。』佛告訴比丘:『如果對於色,宣說能生起厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜的法,這名為法師;如果對於受、想、行、識,宣說能生起厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜的法,這名為法師,這名為如來所說的法師。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。
〔27·如世尊說法次〕(0005c20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處,以頭面作禮,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『如世尊所說的「法次法向」,怎樣是法次法向?』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在想要知道法次法向嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我將為你解說。比丘啊!對於色,趣向於厭、離欲、滅盡,這名為法次法向;像這樣,受、想、行、識——對於識,趣向於厭、離欲、滅盡,這名為法次法向。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。
〔28·如世尊所說〕(0005c29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘來到佛的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『世尊!如世尊所說,能現見法而得涅槃;比丘怎樣才能現見法而得涅槃?』佛告訴比丘:『好啊!好啊!你現在想要知道現見法而得涅槃嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我將為你解說。』佛告訴比丘:『對於色生起厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心正確地解脫,這名為比丘現見法而得涅槃;像這樣,受、想、行、識——對於識生起厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心正確地解脫,這名為比丘現見法而得涅槃。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。
〔29·如世尊說說法〕(0006a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘名叫三蜜離提,來到佛的住處,以頭面禮佛足,退到一旁站著,對佛說:『如世尊所說的「說法師」,怎樣才名為說法師?』佛告訴比丘:『你現在想要知道說法師的意義嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我將為你解說。如果比丘對於色,宣說厭、離欲、滅盡,這名為說法師。像這樣,對於受、想、行、識——對於識,宣說厭、離欲、滅盡,這名為說法師。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。
〔攝頌·經25–29〕(0006a22)以上五經,結集者以一首頌收攝其名:「多聞」——『經25』;「善說法」,善於說法的法師——『經26』;「向法」,法次法向——『經27』;「及涅槃」,以及現見法而得涅槃——『經28』;「三蜜離提問云何說法師」,三蜜離提問怎樣是說法師——『經29』。
〔30·若諸沙門〕(0006a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山中。當時,有一位長者之子,名叫輸屢那,每天遊行,來到耆闍崛山,到尊者舍利弗那裡,問候起居之後,退坐一旁,對舍利弗說:『如果有些沙門、婆羅門,對於無常的色、變易的、不安穩的色,說:我勝過人、我與人相等、我不如人——為什麼沙門、婆羅門會作這樣的想,而見不到真實?如果沙門、婆羅門對於無常、變易、不安穩的受、想、行、識,而說:我勝過人、我與人相等、我不如人——為什麼沙門、婆羅門會作這樣的想,而見不到真實?如果沙門、婆羅門對於無常的色、變易的、不安穩的色,說:我勝過人、我與人相等、我不如人——他們是依什麼計度,而見不到真實?對於無常、變易、不安穩的受、想、行、識,說:我勝過人、我與人相等、我不如人——他們是依什麼計度,而見不到真實?』舍利弗反問他:『輸屢那!你的意思如何?色是常的,還是無常的呢?』輸屢那回答說:『無常。』『輸屢那!如果是無常的,那是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』『輸屢那!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,你的意思如何?聖弟子在這當中,會見到色是我、異於我、或與我相在嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!你的意思如何?受、想、行、識是常的,還是無常的?』回答說:『無常。』『如果是無常的,那是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』『輸屢那!識如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,你的意思如何?聖弟子在這當中,會見到識是我、異於我、或與我相在嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!應當知道,色無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切色都不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。像這樣,受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切識都不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。輸屢那!像這樣,對於色、受、想、行、識生起厭,離欲、解脫,解脫了就生起知見:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』當時,舍利弗說完這部經,長者之子輸屢那遠離塵垢,得到法眼清淨。當時,長者之子輸屢那現見法、證得法,不依由他人,在正法之中得到無所畏懼。他從座位起身,偏袒右肩,胡跪合掌,對舍利弗說:『我如今已經得度。我從今天起,歸依佛、歸依法、歸依僧,成為優婆塞。我從今天以後,盡此一生的壽命,清淨地歸依三寶。』當時,長者之子輸屢那聽了舍利弗所說的,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。
〔31·若沙門、婆羅門〕(0006c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山。當時,有一位長者之子,名叫輸屢那,每天遊行,來到耆闍崛山,到舍利弗的住處,以頭面禮足,退坐一旁。當時,舍利弗對他說:『輸屢那!如果沙門、婆羅門對於色不如實地了知,對於色的集起不如實地了知,對於色的滅盡不如實地了知,對於滅盡色的道跡不如實地了知,因此,輸屢那!應當知道,這樣的沙門、婆羅門不堪能斷除色。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對於受、想、行、識不如實地了知,對於識的集起不如實地了知,對於識的滅盡不如實地了知,對於滅盡識的道跡不如實地了知,因此不堪能斷除識。輸屢那!如果沙門、婆羅門對於色如實地了知,對於色的集起如實地了知,對於色的滅盡如實地了知,對於滅盡色的道跡如實地了知,因此,輸屢那!應當知道,這樣的沙門、婆羅門堪能斷除色。像這樣,輸屢那!如果沙門、婆羅門對於受、想、行、識如實地了知,對於識的集起如實地了知,對於識的滅盡如實地了知,對於滅盡識的道跡如實地了知,因此,輸屢那!應當知道,這樣的沙門、婆羅門堪能斷除識。輸屢那!你的意思如何?色是常的,還是無常的呢?』輸屢那回答說:『無常。』舍利弗又問:『如果是無常的,那是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』舍利弗說:『如果色是無常、是苦,是變易之法,聖弟子難道會在這當中見到色是我、異於我、或與我相在嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!像這樣,受、想、行、識是常的,還是無常的呢?』回答說:『無常。』舍利弗又問:『如果是無常的,那是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』舍利弗又問:『如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,聖弟子難道會在這當中見到識是我、異於我、或與我相在嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!應當知道,色無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的、好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,對於一切色,都知道它不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。輸屢那!聖弟子對於色生起厭、離欲、解脫,從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱中得解脫。像這樣,受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切識都不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。輸屢那!聖弟子對於識生起厭、離欲、解脫,從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱中得解脫。』當時,輸屢那聽了舍利弗所說的,歡喜踊躍,作禮之後離去。
〔32·若沙門、婆羅門〕(0007a10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者舍利弗在耆闍崛山。當時,有一位長者之子,名叫輸屢那,每天遊行,來到耆闍崛山,到舍利弗的住處,以頭面禮足,退坐一旁。當時,舍利弗告訴輸屢那:『如果沙門、婆羅門對於色不如實地了知,對於色的集起不如實地了知,對於色的滅盡不如實地了知,對於色的滋味不如實地了知,對於色的禍患不如實地了知,對於色的出離不如實地了知,因此不堪能超越色。如果沙門、婆羅門對於受、想、行、識不如實地了知,對於識的集起不如實地了知,對於識的滅盡不如實地了知,對於識的滋味不如實地了知,對於識的禍患不如實地了知,對於識的出離不如實地了知,因此,這樣的沙門、婆羅門不堪能超越識。如果沙門、婆羅門對於色、色的集起、色的滅盡、色的滋味、色的禍患、色的出離如實地了知,這樣的沙門、婆羅門堪能超越色。如果沙門、婆羅門對於受、想、行、識,識的集起、識的滅盡、識的滋味、識的禍患、識的出離如實地了知,這樣的沙門、婆羅門堪能超越識。輸屢那!你的意思如何?色是常的,還是無常的呢?』輸屢那回答說:『無常。』『無常的,是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』『輸屢那!如果色是無常、是苦,是變易之法,聖弟子在這當中,難道會有色是我、異於我、與我相在的見解嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!你的意思如何?像這樣,受、想、行、識是常的,還是無常的?』回答說:『無常。』『如果是無常的,那是苦嗎?』回答說:『是苦。』『輸屢那!如果是無常、是苦,是變易之法,聖弟子在這當中,難道會有識是我、異於我、與我相在的見解嗎?』回答說:『不會。』『輸屢那!應當知道,色無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,對於一切色,都知道它不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。輸屢那!受、想、行、識,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,對於一切識,都知道它不是我、不異於我、不與我相在,這名為如實地了知。輸屢那!聖弟子對於這五受陰,正確地觀察它們不是我、不是我所有的。這樣正確地觀察,對於諸世間就無所攝受;無所攝受,就無所執著;無所執著,自己證得涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』當時,長者之子輸屢那聽了舍利弗所說的,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。
Fascicle 1 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: the opening of the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging, from the first discourse to the thirty-second, thirty-two discourses in all; among them stand four summary verses set by the compilers, each placed after the discourses it gathers. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.
〔0 · Title〕(0001a03)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 1.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds thirty-two discourses, and at the end of the fascicle it closes again with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 1.”
〔1 · Contemplate form as impermanent〕(0001a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should contemplate form as impermanent. To contemplate in this way is right contemplation. When one contemplates rightly, weariness arises; when weariness arises, delight and craving are exhausted; when delight and craving are exhausted, the mind is said to be liberated. In this way contemplate feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as impermanent. To contemplate in this way is right contemplation. When one contemplates rightly, weariness arises; when weariness arises, delight and craving are exhausted; when delight and craving are exhausted, the mind is said to be liberated. Just so, bhikṣu! One whose mind is liberated, if wishing to realize it for oneself, can realize it for oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ As with contemplating impermanence, so it is likewise with contemplating suffering, emptiness, and not self.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔2 · Reflect rightly on form〕(0001a16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should reflect rightly on form, contemplating form as impermanent and knowing it as it really is. Why is that? Bhikṣus! For one who reflects rightly on form, contemplating form as impermanent and knowing it as it really is, desire and craving for form are cut off; when desire and craving are cut off, the mind is said to be liberated. In this way you should reflect rightly on feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, contemplating consciousness as impermanent and knowing it as it really is. Why is that? For one who reflects rightly on consciousness, contemplating consciousness as impermanent, desire and craving for consciousness are cut off; when desire and craving are cut off, the mind is said to be liberated. One whose mind is liberated in this way, if wishing to realize it for oneself, can realize it for oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ As with reflecting rightly on impermanence in this way, so it is likewise with reflecting rightly on suffering, emptiness, and not self.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔3 · Not knowing form〕(0001a28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who does not know form, does not understand it, does not abandon it, and is not free from desire for it cannot end suffering. In this way, one who does not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, does not understand them, does not abandon them, and is not free from desire for them cannot end suffering. Bhikṣus! One who knows form, understands it, abandons it, and is free from desire for it can end suffering; in this way, one who knows feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, understands them, abandons them, and is free from desire for them is capable of ending suffering.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔4 · Not knowing form〕(0001b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who does not know form, does not understand it, does not abandon it, is not free from desire for it, and whose mind is not liberated cannot pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death. In this way, one who does not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, does not understand them, does not abandon them, is not free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is not liberated cannot pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death. Bhikṣus! One who knows form, understands it, abandons it, and is free from desire for it can pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death. Bhikṣus! One who knows, understands, is free from desire and craving, and whose mind is liberated can pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death. In this way, one who knows feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, understands them, abandons them, is free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is liberated can pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔5 · One who delights in form〕(0001b16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who delights in form delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering cannot be liberated from suffering, does not understand, and is not free from desire. In this way, one who delights in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering cannot be liberated from suffering. Bhikṣus! One who does not delight in form does not delight in suffering; one who does not delight in suffering is liberated from suffering. In this way, one who does not delight in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness does not delight in suffering; one who does not delight in suffering is liberated from suffering. Bhikṣus! One who does not know form, does not understand it, is not free from desire and craving for it, and whose mind is not liberated—whose mind, attached by craving, is not liberated—cannot end suffering; in this way, one who does not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, does not understand them, is not free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is not liberated cannot end suffering. One who knows form, understands it, is free from desire and craving for it, and whose mind is liberated can end suffering; in this way, one who knows feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, understands them, is free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is liberated can end suffering.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔6 · Not knowing form〕(0001c02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who does not know form, does not understand it, is not free from desire and craving for it, and whose mind is not liberated cannot pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death; in this way, one who does not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, does not understand them, is not free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is not liberated cannot pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death. Bhikṣus! One who knows form, understands it, is free from desire and craving for it, and whose mind is liberated can pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death; in this way, one who knows feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, understands them, is free from desire and craving for them, and whose mind is liberated can pass beyond the fear of birth, old age, sickness, and death.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔7 · One who delights in form〕(0001c11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who delights in form delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering cannot be liberated from suffering. In this way, one who delights in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering cannot be liberated from suffering. Bhikṣus! One who does not delight in form does not delight in suffering; one who does not delight in suffering is liberated from suffering. In this way, one who does not delight in feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness does not delight in suffering; one who does not delight in suffering is liberated from suffering.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 1–7〕(0001c20)The seven discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “Impermanence, and suffering, emptiness”—contemplating impermanence, and suffering and emptiness (Discourse 1); “not self”—contemplating not self (Discourse 1); “right reflection”—reflecting rightly (Discourse 2); “not knowing and the rest, four kinds”—the four discourses headed by not knowing and the like (Discourses 3–6); “and delight in form”—and further, delight in form (Discourse 7).
〔8 · Past and future form〕(0001c22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Past and future form is impermanent—how much more so present form! Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way does not look back longingly at past form, does not crave future form, and toward present form gives rise to weariness and freedom from desire, and turns rightly toward cessation. In this way, past and future feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent—how much more so present consciousness! Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way does not look back longingly at past consciousness, does not long for future consciousness, and toward present consciousness gives rise to weariness and freedom from desire, and turns rightly toward cessation. As with impermanence, so it is likewise with suffering, emptiness, and not self.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔9 · Form is impermanent; what is impermanent〕(0002a02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is also not mine. To contemplate in this way is called true right contemplation. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is also not mine. To contemplate in this way is called true contemplation. Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way grows weary of form, grows weary of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; because of weariness, one takes no delight in them; because one takes no delight in them, one is liberated. For one who is liberated, true knowledge arises: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔10 · Form is impermanent; what is impermanent〕(0002a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is not mine. To contemplate in this way is called true contemplation. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is not mine. To contemplate in this way is called true contemplation. Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way is liberated from form, is liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Of such people I say that they are liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, and distress.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔11 · Form is impermanent; the causes〕(0002a21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is impermanent; whatever serves as cause and as condition for the arising of forms, that too is impermanent. Forms arisen from impermanent causes and impermanent conditions—how could they be permanent? In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent; whatever serves as cause and as condition for the arising of consciousness, that too is impermanent. Consciousness arisen from impermanent causes and impermanent conditions—how could it be permanent? Just so, bhikṣus! Form is impermanent; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent. What is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is not mine. Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way grows weary of form, grows weary of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Having grown weary, one takes no delight in them; taking no delight in them, one is liberated; being liberated, knowledge and vision arise: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔12 · Form is impermanent; the causes〕(0002b04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Form is impermanent; whatever serves as cause and as condition for the arising of forms, that too is impermanent. Forms arisen from impermanent causes and impermanent conditions—how could they be permanent? Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent; whatever serves as cause and as condition for the arising of consciousness, that too is impermanent. Consciousness arisen from impermanent causes and impermanent conditions—how could it be permanent? Just so, bhikṣus! Form is impermanent; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is not mine. To contemplate in this way is called true contemplation. Noble disciple! One who contemplates in this way is liberated from form, is liberated from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Of such people I say that they have been liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, and distress.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔13 · If beings, in form〕(0002b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If beings did not savor the gratification of form, they would not be stained by form; it is because beings savor the gratification of form that they are stained and attached. In this way, if beings did not savor the gratification of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, those beings would not be stained by consciousness; it is because beings savor the gratification of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness that those beings are stained by consciousness. Bhikṣus! If form were not a danger to beings, those beings ought not to grow weary of form; it is because form is a danger to beings that those beings grow weary of form. In this way, if feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness were not a danger, those beings ought not to grow weary of consciousness; it is because feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are a danger to beings that those beings grow weary of consciousness. Bhikṣus! If there were no deliverance from form for beings, those beings ought not to be delivered from form; it is because there is deliverance from form for beings that those beings are delivered from form. In this way, if there were no deliverance from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness for beings, those beings ought not to be delivered from consciousness; it is because there is deliverance from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness for beings that those beings are delivered from consciousness. Bhikṣus! If I did not know as it really is, regarding these five aggregates of clinging, gratification as gratification, danger as danger, and escape as escape, then among the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, brahmins, and the assemblies of gods and humans, I would not be freed, would not go out, would not escape, and would dwell forever in inversion, and would also be unable to realize for myself anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi, that is, unsurpassed, right, and complete awakening. Bhikṣus! Because I know as it really is, regarding these five aggregates of clinging, gratification as gratification, danger as danger, and escape as escape, among the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, brahmins, and the assemblies of gods and humans, I have realized for myself freedom, going out, escape, and liberation from the bonds; I dwell no longer in inversion, and I am also able to realize for myself anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔14 · Formerly, in the gratification of form〕(0002c11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Formerly I sought and I practiced regarding the gratification of form; whatever in the gratification of form I awakened to in accordance with it, that gratification of form I saw with wisdom as it really is. In this way I sought and I practiced regarding the gratification of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; whatever in the gratification of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness I awakened to in accordance with it, that gratification of consciousness I saw with wisdom as it really is. Bhikṣus! I sought and I practiced regarding the danger of form; whatever in the danger of form I awakened to in accordance with it, that danger of form I saw with wisdom as it really is; in this way I sought and I practiced regarding the danger of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; whatever in the danger of consciousness I awakened to in accordance with it, that danger of consciousness I saw with wisdom as it really is. Bhikṣus! I sought and I practiced regarding the escape from form; whatever in the escape from form I awakened to in accordance with it, that escape from form I saw with wisdom as it really is; in this way I sought and I practiced regarding the escape from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness; whatever in the escape from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness I awakened to in accordance with it, that escape from feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness I saw with wisdom as it really is. Bhikṣus! If I did not know as it really is, regarding these five aggregates of clinging, gratification as gratification, danger as danger, and escape as escape, then among the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, brahmins, and the assemblies of gods and humans, I would not be freed, would not escape, would not go out, and would dwell forever in inversion, unable to realize for myself anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi. Bhikṣus! Because I know as it really is, regarding the five aggregates of clinging, gratification as gratification, danger as danger, and escape as escape, among the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, brahmins, and the assemblies of gods and humans, I am freed, I have escaped, I have gone out, I dwell no longer in inversion, and I am able to realize for myself anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi.” Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 8–14〕(0003a04)The seven discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “the past: four kinds of teaching”—teaching past, future, and present, together with the four kinds, impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and not self (Discourse 8); “weariness and liberation”—teaching weariness (Discourse 9), and teaching liberation (Discourse 10); “two teach causes and conditions”—two discourses teach cause and condition (Discourses 11–12); “gratification, again, two kinds”—of those that teach gratification there are also two (Discourses 13–14).
〔15 · Now explain it briefly for me〕(0003a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Excellent, World-Honored One! Now, please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me. Having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place and cultivate heedfulness. Having cultivated heedfulness, I will reflect further: the reason a son of good family goes forth, shaving off hair and beard, putting on the Dharma robes, and with faith leaving home for homelessness, is for the sake of the ultimate, unsurpassed pure conduct, to realize for himself in this very life: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Bhikṣu, you have spoken these words well. You say: ‘Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me; having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place and cultivate heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ Is this what you say?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu! If one is driven by the fetters, one dies by the fetters; if one dies by the fetters, one is bound by clinging. Bhikṣu! If one is not driven by the fetters, one does not die by the fetters; not dying by the fetters, one is liberated from clinging.” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “I understand, World-Honored One! I understand, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Form is driven by the fetters, form dies by the fetters; what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters is bound by clinging. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are driven by the fetters and die by the fetters; what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters is bound by clinging. World-Honored One! If form is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters, what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters is liberated from clinging. In this way, if feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not driven by the fetters and do not die by the fetters, what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters is liberated from clinging. World-Honored One, it is in this way that I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma spoken briefly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Bhikṣu! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly. Why is that? Form is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters; what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters is bound by clinging. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are driven by the fetters and die by the fetters; what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters is bound by clinging. Bhikṣu! Form is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters; what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters is liberated from clinging. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not driven by the fetters and do not die by the fetters; what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters is liberated from clinging.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew. Alone in a quiet place, he practiced diligently and dwelt in heedfulness. Having practiced diligently and dwelt in heedfulness, he reflected: the reason a son of good family goes forth, shaving off hair and beard, putting on the Dharma robes, and with faith leaving home for homelessness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence. At that time that bhikṣu became an arhat, and his mind was liberated.
〔16 · The question as above〕(0003b14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was. What he asked was the same as in the preceding discourse; the difference lies only here: “What is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters adds to the reckonings; if it is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters, it does not add to the reckonings.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If form is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters, what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters adds to the reckonings. In this way, if feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are driven by the fetters and die by the fetters, what is driven by the fetters and dies by the fetters adds to the reckonings. World-Honored One! If form is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters, what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters does not add to the reckonings. In this way, if feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not driven by the fetters and do not die by the fetters, what is not driven by the fetters and does not die by the fetters does not add to the reckonings. World-Honored One, it is in this way that I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma spoken briefly.” In this way, up to: he attained arhatship, and his mind was liberated.
〔17 · Explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me〕(0003b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. A certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, bared his right shoulder, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “Excellent, World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me. Having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness: the reason a son of good family goes forth, shaving off hair and beard, putting on the Dharma robes, and with faith leaving home for homelessness, going forth to learn the Way, is for the sake of the ultimate, unsurpassed pure conduct, to realize in his own person in this very life: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You say this: ‘World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me; I will understand in full the meaning of the Dharma spoken briefly, and will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ Is this what you say?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu! Whatever is not proper to you should be quickly cut off. When those things are cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “I understand, World-Honored One! I understand, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Form is not proper to me and should be quickly cut off; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not proper to me and should be quickly cut off. In this way there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. Therefore, World-Honored One, I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma the World-Honored One has spoken briefly.” The Buddha said: “Good! Good! Bhikṣu! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly. Why is that? Form is not proper to you and should be quickly cut off. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not proper to you and should be quickly cut off. Once they are cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew. Alone in a quiet place, he practiced diligently and dwelt in heedfulness. Having practiced diligently and dwelt in heedfulness, he reflected: the reason a son of good family goes forth, shaving off hair and beard, putting on the Dharma robes, and with right faith leaving home for homelessness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence. At that time that bhikṣu became an arhat, and his mind was liberated.
〔18 · Explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me〕(0003c28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, bared his right shoulder, paid homage to the Buddha, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Excellent, World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me. Having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You say this: ‘World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me; having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence’—is it so?” At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Whatever is not proper to you, and not proper to anyone else either—such things should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “I understand, World-Honored One! I understand, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Form is not self, is not proper to me, and is not proper to anyone else either; such a thing should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not self, are not proper to me, and are not proper to anyone else either; they should be quickly removed and cut off; when those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. Therefore I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma the Tathāgata has spoken briefly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly. Why is that? Bhikṣu! Form is not self, is not proper to you, and is not proper to anyone else either; such a thing should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are not self, are not proper to you, and are not proper to anyone else either; such things should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew. Alone in a quiet place, he practiced diligently and dwelt in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence. At that time that bhikṣu’s mind was liberated, and he became an arhat.
〔19 · Explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me〕(0004a28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, paid homage to the Buddha, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me. Having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness. Having dwelt in heedfulness, I will reflect: the reason a son of good family, with right faith, leaves home for homelessness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You now say this: ‘Excellent, World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me; having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence’—is it so?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu! A thing bound by the bonds should be quickly removed and cut off; when those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” At that time that bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “I understand, World-Honored One! I understand, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Form is a thing bound by the bonds, and this thing bound by the bonds should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are things bound by the bonds, and these things bound by the bonds should be quickly removed and cut off. When those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. Therefore I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma the World-Honored One has spoken briefly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly. Why is that? Form is a thing bound by the bonds; such a thing should be quickly removed and cut off; when those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are things bound by the bonds; such things should be quickly removed and cut off; when those things are removed and cut off, there will be benefit through the meaning, and peace and happiness through the long night.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew; alone in a quiet place, he reflected with single-minded diligence and dwelt in heedfulness, up to: his mind was liberated, and he became an arhat.
〔20 · The Discourse on Staining is likewise〕(0004b25)The Discourse on Staining is also taught in this way.
〔21 · Explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me〕(0004b26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, paid homage to the Buddha, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me. Having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness. Having dwelt in heedfulness, I will reflect: the reason a son of good family, with right faith, leaves for homelessness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You now say this: ‘Excellent, World-Honored One! Please explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly for me; having heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded diligence, and dwell in heedfulness, up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence’—is it so?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu! When one wavers, one is bound by Māra; if one does not waver, one is liberated from Pāpīyas.” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “I understand, World-Honored One! I understand, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! When form wavers, one is bound by Māra; if it does not waver, one is liberated from Pāpīyas. In this way, when feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness waver, one is bound by Māra; if they do not waver, one is liberated from Pāpīyas. Therefore I understand in full the meaning of the Dharma the World-Honored One has spoken briefly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly. Why is that? If, when form wavers, one is bound by Māra; if it does not waver, one is liberated from Pāpīyas. In this way, when feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness waver, one is bound by Māra; if they do not waver, one is liberated from Pāpīyas.” Up to: that bhikṣu knew of himself that he would undergo no further existence; his mind was liberated, and he became an arhat.
〔22 · As the World-Honored One has said〕(0004c20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a bhikṣu named Kalpa came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One has said: a bhikṣu’s mind is well liberated. World-Honored One! How is a bhikṣu’s mind well liberated?” At that time the World-Honored One said to Kalpa: “Good! Good! You are able to ask the Tathāgata about the mind’s being well liberated. Good, Kalpa! Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Kalpa! You should contemplate and know that all form whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is impermanent. Having rightly contemplated impermanence, love for form is removed. When love for form is removed, the mind is well liberated. Contemplate feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness in this way—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is impermanent. Having rightly contemplated impermanence, love for consciousness is removed. When love for consciousness is removed, I say that the mind is well liberated. Kalpa! A bhikṣu whose mind is well liberated in this way, the Tathāgata says, is called one whose mind is well liberated. Why is that? Because craving and desire are cut off. One in whom craving and desire are cut off, the Tathāgata says, is called one whose mind is well liberated.” Then the bhikṣu Kalpa, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew. At that time the bhikṣu Kalpa, having received the Buddha’s teaching, dwelt alone in a quiet place, reflected with single-minded diligence, and dwelt in heedfulness, up to: he knew of himself that he would undergo no further existence; his mind was well liberated, and he became an arhat.
〔23 · How does one know, how does one see〕(0005a11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Rāhula came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How must one know, how must one see, so that regarding this body of mine with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, I may be without the binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit?” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “Good! Good! You are able to ask the Tathāgata: how must one know, how must one see, so that regarding this body of mine with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, I may be without the binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit—is it so?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “Good! Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Rāhula! You should contemplate all forms whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another: contemplate rightly in this way with even wisdom. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another: contemplate as it really is in this way with even wisdom. Just so, Rāhula! A bhikṣu knows in this way and sees in this way. One who knows in this way and sees in this way, regarding this body with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, is without the binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit. Rāhula! If a bhikṣu is thus—regarding this body with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, without the binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit—that bhikṣu is called one who has cut off craving and desire, turned away the bonds, and, through right and unbroken comprehension, reached the final end of suffering.” Then Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔24 · How does one know, how does one see〕(0005b05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to Rāhula: “Bhikṣu! How must one know, how must one see, so that regarding this body of mine with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, there is no binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the master of the Dharma, the guide, the protector. Excellent—may the World-Honored One expound this meaning for the bhikṣus; when the bhikṣus have heard it from the Buddha, they will receive it, uphold it, and practice it.” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “Listen carefully! Listen carefully! Reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you.” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “Yes, I receive the teaching.” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “You should contemplate all forms whatever—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another: contemplate as it really is in this way with even wisdom. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another: contemplate as it really is in this way with even wisdom. Bhikṣu! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way, regarding this body of mine with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, there is no binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit. Rāhula! If a bhikṣu is thus—regarding the body with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects, without the binding and attachment of the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit—he has passed beyond the doubting mind, has left all signs far behind, and is still and liberated; this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off craving and desire, turned away the bonds, and, through right and unbroken comprehension, reached the final end of suffering.” Then Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 15–24〕(0005b26)The ten discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “the fetters”—teaching being driven by the fetters (Discourse 15); “adding to the reckonings”—teaching adding to the reckonings (Discourse 16); “not self”—teaching what is not proper to oneself (Discourse 17); “not another’s”—teaching what is not proper to anyone else either (Discourse 18); “bound by the bonds”—teaching the thing bound by the bonds (Discourse 19); “wavering”—teaching that in wavering one is bound by Māra (Discourse 21); “what Kalpa asked”—the one discourse the bhikṣu Kalpa asked (Discourse 22); “and also the two discourses Rāhula asked”—and further the two discourses Rāhula asked (Discourses 23–24). Discourse 20 has only one sentence of abbreviated teaching, and the verse does not give its name separately.
〔25 · As the World-Honored One speaks of the learned〕(0005b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, paid homage to the Buddha, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One speaks of ‘the learned’—what is it to be learned?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Are you now asking me the meaning of being learned?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu, you should know: if one hears a teaching that can give rise, toward form, to weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness, this is called being learned; in this way, one who hears a teaching that can give rise, toward feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, to weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness—this is called a learned bhikṣu; this is called the learning of which the Tathāgata speaks.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔26 · As the World-Honored One has said〕(0005c09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One speaks of ‘a teacher of the Dharma’—how is one called a teacher of the Dharma?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Do you now wish to know the meaning of the teacher of the Dharma of whom the Tathāgata speaks?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “If, regarding form, one proclaims a teaching that can give rise to weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness, this is called a teacher of the Dharma; if, regarding feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, one proclaims a teaching that can give rise to weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness, this is called a teacher of the Dharma; this is called the teacher of the Dharma of whom the Tathāgata speaks.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔27 · As the World-Honored One speaks of practice in accordance with the Dharma〕(0005c20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head in homage, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One speaks of ‘practice in accordance with the Dharma’—what is practice in accordance with the Dharma?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Do you now wish to know practice in accordance with the Dharma?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣu! To turn, regarding form, toward weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation—this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma; in this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—to turn, regarding consciousness, toward weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation—this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔28 · As the World-Honored One has said〕(0005c29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! As the World-Honored One has said, one can attain nirvāṇa seen in this very life; how can a bhikṣu attain nirvāṇa seen in this very life?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good! Good! Do you now wish to know nirvāṇa seen in this very life?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “When, toward form, weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation arise, no outflows arise, and the mind is rightly liberated, this is called a bhikṣu’s attaining nirvāṇa seen in this very life; in this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—when, toward consciousness, weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation arise, no outflows arise, and the mind is rightly liberated, this is called a bhikṣu’s attaining nirvāṇa seen in this very life.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔29 · As the World-Honored One speaks of expounding the Dharma〕(0006a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a bhikṣu named Sanmiliti came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One speaks of ‘a teacher who expounds the Dharma’—how is one called a teacher who expounds the Dharma?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Do you now wish to know the meaning of the teacher who expounds the Dharma?” The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. If a bhikṣu, regarding form, proclaims weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation, this is called a teacher who expounds the Dharma. In this way, regarding feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—regarding consciousness, to proclaim weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation—this is called a teacher who expounds the Dharma.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔Summary verse · Discourses 25–29〕(0006a22)The five discourses above are gathered by name by the compilers in a single verse: “the learned” (Discourse 25); “teaching the Dharma well”—the teacher of the Dharma who teaches it well (Discourse 26); “toward the Dharma”—practice in accordance with the Dharma (Discourse 27); “and nirvāṇa”—and nirvāṇa seen in this very life (Discourse 28); “Sanmiliti asks what a teacher who expounds the Dharma is”—Sanmiliti asks how one is a teacher who expounds the Dharma (Discourse 29).
〔30 · If there are ascetics〕(0006a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Śāriputra was on Vulture Peak. Then a son of a householder named Śroṇa, walking about each day, came to Vulture Peak, went to where the venerable Śāriputra was, exchanged greetings about his health, withdrew, sat to one side, and said to Śāriputra: “If there are ascetics and brahmins who, regarding form that is impermanent, form that changes, form that is not secure, say: ‘I am superior to others, I am equal to others, I am inferior to others’—why do those ascetics and brahmins think in this way and not see what is real? If ascetics and brahmins, regarding feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness that are impermanent, changing, and not secure, say: ‘I am superior to others, I am equal to others, I am inferior to others’—why do those ascetics and brahmins think in this way and not see what is real? If ascetics and brahmins, regarding form that is impermanent, form that changes, form that is not secure, say: ‘I am superior to others, I am equal to others, I am inferior to others’—on what reckoning do they not see what is real? Regarding feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness that are impermanent, changing, and not secure, saying: ‘I am superior to others, I am equal to others, I am inferior to others’—on what reckoning do they not see what is real?” Śāriputra asked him in return: “Śroṇa! What do you think? Is form permanent or impermanent?” Śroṇa answered: “Impermanent.” “Śroṇa! If it is impermanent, is it suffering?” He answered: “It is suffering.” “Śroṇa! If it is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, what do you think? Would a noble disciple, in this, see form as self, as other than self, or as within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! What do you think? Are feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness permanent or impermanent?” He answered: “Impermanent.” “If they are impermanent, are they suffering?” He answered: “They are suffering.” “Śroṇa! If consciousness is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, what do you think? Would a noble disciple, in this, see consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! You should know that form—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all form is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all consciousness is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. Śroṇa! In this way, toward form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, weariness arises, freedom from desire, and liberation; being liberated, knowledge and vision arise: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” At that time, when Śāriputra had spoken this discourse, Śroṇa, the son of a householder, was far removed from dust and free of defilement, and gained the pure Dharma-eye. At that time Śroṇa, the son of a householder, saw the Dharma, attained the Dharma, did not depend on others, and gained fearlessness within the true Dharma. He rose from his seat, bared his right shoulder, knelt on one knee with palms joined, and said to Śāriputra: “I have now crossed over. From this day on I take refuge in the Buddha, take refuge in the Dharma, take refuge in the Saṅgha, and become an upāsaka. From this day on, for as long as this life lasts, I take refuge in the Three Jewels in purity.” Then Śroṇa, the son of a householder, having heard what Śāriputra said, rejoiced and leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔31 · If ascetics and brahmins〕(0006c04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Śāriputra was on Vulture Peak. Then a son of a householder named Śroṇa, walking about each day, came to Vulture Peak, went to where Śāriputra was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. At that time Śāriputra said to him: “Śroṇa! If ascetics and brahmins do not know form as it really is, do not know the arising of form as it really is, do not know the cessation of form as it really is, and do not know the path leading to the cessation of form as it really is, then, Śroṇa, you should know that such ascetics and brahmins are not capable of abandoning form. In this way, if ascetics and brahmins do not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as they really are, do not know the arising of consciousness as it really is, do not know the cessation of consciousness as it really is, and do not know the path leading to the cessation of consciousness as it really is, they are therefore not capable of abandoning consciousness. Śroṇa! If ascetics and brahmins know form as it really is, know the arising of form as it really is, know the cessation of form as it really is, and know the path leading to the cessation of form as it really is, then, Śroṇa, you should know that such ascetics and brahmins are capable of abandoning form. In this way, Śroṇa, if ascetics and brahmins know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as they really are, know the arising of consciousness as it really is, know the cessation of consciousness as it really is, and know the path leading to the cessation of consciousness as it really is, then, Śroṇa, you should know that such ascetics and brahmins are capable of abandoning consciousness. Śroṇa! What do you think? Is form permanent or impermanent?” Śroṇa answered: “Impermanent.” Śāriputra asked further: “If it is impermanent, is it suffering?” He answered: “It is suffering.” Śāriputra said: “If form is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would a noble disciple indeed see, in this, form as self, as other than self, or as within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! In this way, are feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness permanent or impermanent?” He answered: “Impermanent.” Śāriputra asked further: “If they are impermanent, are they suffering?” He answered: “They are suffering.” Śāriputra asked further: “If they are impermanent, are suffering, and are subject to change, would a noble disciple indeed see, in this, consciousness as self, as other than self, or as within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! You should know that form—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse, subtle, fine, or ugly, whether far or near—of all form one knows that it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. Śroṇa! A noble disciple gives rise, toward form, to weariness, freedom from desire, and liberation, and is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, and distress. In this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all consciousness is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. Śroṇa! A noble disciple gives rise, toward consciousness, to weariness, freedom from desire, and liberation, and is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, and distress.” Then Śroṇa, having heard what Śāriputra said, rejoiced and leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
〔32 · If ascetics and brahmins〕(0007a10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Śāriputra was on Vulture Peak. Then a son of a householder named Śroṇa, walking about each day, came to Vulture Peak, went to where Śāriputra was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew, and sat to one side. At that time Śāriputra said to Śroṇa: “If ascetics and brahmins do not know form as it really is, do not know the arising of form as it really is, do not know the cessation of form as it really is, do not know the gratification of form as it really is, do not know the danger of form as it really is, and do not know the escape from form as it really is, they are therefore not capable of transcending form. If ascetics and brahmins do not know feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as they really are, do not know the arising of consciousness as it really is, do not know the cessation of consciousness as it really is, do not know the gratification of consciousness as it really is, do not know the danger of consciousness as it really is, and do not know the escape from consciousness as it really is, then such ascetics and brahmins are therefore not capable of transcending consciousness. If ascetics and brahmins know as it really is form, the arising of form, the cessation of form, the gratification of form, the danger of form, and the escape from form, such ascetics and brahmins are capable of transcending form. If ascetics and brahmins know as it really is feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, the arising of consciousness, the cessation of consciousness, the gratification of consciousness, the danger of consciousness, and the escape from consciousness, such ascetics and brahmins are capable of transcending consciousness. Śroṇa! What do you think? Is form permanent or impermanent?” Śroṇa answered: “Impermanent.” “What is impermanent—is it suffering?” He answered: “It is suffering.” “Śroṇa! If form is impermanent, is suffering, and is subject to change, would a noble disciple indeed hold, in this, the view that form is self, other than self, or within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! What do you think? In this way, are feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness permanent or impermanent?” He answered: “Impermanent.” “If they are impermanent, are they suffering?” He answered: “They are suffering.” “Śroṇa! If they are impermanent, are suffering, and are subject to change, would a noble disciple indeed hold, in this, the view that consciousness is self, other than self, or within one another with self?” He answered: “No.” “Śroṇa! You should know that form—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—of all form one knows that it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. Śroṇa! Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—of all consciousness one knows that it is not self, not other than self, and not within one another with self; this is called knowing as it really is. Śroṇa! A noble disciple rightly contemplates these five aggregates of clinging as not self and not mine. Contemplating rightly in this way, one takes up nothing in all the world; taking up nothing, one is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, one realizes nirvāṇa for oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” Then Śroṇa, the son of a householder, having heard what Śāriputra said, rejoiced and leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.
卷第一三十二經,幾乎每一經都從「色」說起,再說「如是受、想、行、識」。同一個句型,換一個詞,再說一遍;再換一個詞,再說一遍。初讀的人會覺得這是重複;讀完一卷,才看出相鄰的兩經之間,常常只換一個詞,而換的那個詞,正是這一經要人看見的地方。本篇依三十二經的次第,看這一卷把「五受陰」這件事,一層一層地說到哪裡。
一、先立正觀:無常、正思惟(經一、二)
第一經只有一句教法:「當觀色無常。如是觀者,則為正觀。」〔T02 0001a07〕接著是一條鏈:正觀生厭離,厭離則喜貪盡,喜貪盡則「說心解脫」。第二經把「觀」換成「正思惟」:「於色當正思惟,觀色無常如實知。」〔T02 0001a17〕鏈也換了一環——不是喜貪盡,而是欲貪斷。兩經合起來,是一卷的總綱:所觀的是無常,所用的是正觀與正思惟,所到的是心解脫;而「苦、空、非我亦復如是」,四種觀法,一經之內已經並列。這一層先不細說「苦」「空」「非我」是什麼,只把觀的方向定下。
二、不知、不明、不斷、不離欲(經三至七)
第三經起,句型從「當觀」轉成「不知、不明、不斷、不離欲」:「於色不知、不明、不斷、不離欲,則不能斷苦。」〔T02 0001a29〕第四經把「不能斷苦」換成「不能越生、老、病、死怖」,第六經又說一遍。第五、第七經換另一個入口:「於色愛喜者,則於苦愛喜」〔T02 0001b17〕——愛喜色,就是愛喜苦,於苦愛喜的人,於苦不得解脫。這五經是從反面立義:前兩經說『做什麼』,這五經說『不做什麼會怎樣』。四個「不」字是一組:不知是不如實知,不明是不照見,不斷是不捨,不離欲是貪未盡。四者一環扣一環,所以第五經才會說「不離欲貪、心不解脫,貪心不解脫者,則不能斷苦」。
第七經之後有攝頌一首:「無常及苦、空非我、正思惟」〔T02 0001c20〕,「無知等四種及於色喜樂」。這是結集的人把前七經各取一字收在一處,不是經文,是目錄;但它告訴我們,結集者也把這七經當一組讀。
三、三世、因緣、非我所(經八至十二)
第八經換一個維度——時間:「過去、未來色無常,況現在色!」〔T02 0001c23〕過去的已滅,未來的未至,尚且無常,正在眼前的,怎麼會常?所以聖弟子「不顧過去色,不欲未來色,於現在色厭、離欲、正向滅盡」〔T02 0001c24〕。第九、十經把第一經並列的四法連成一條線:「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。」〔T02 0002a03〕無常、苦、非我、非我所,不是四件並排的事;兩個「即」字、一個「亦」字,把它們連成一件事。第十一、十二經再往前推一步,問『為什麼無常』:「若因、若緣生諸色者,彼亦無常。無常因、無常緣所生諸色,云何有常?」〔T02 0002a22〕色是因緣生的,因緣本身無常,所生的怎麼會常?這五經,把第一經的「無常」從一個觀法,說成一個理由。
四、味、患、離(經十三、十四)
第十三經不說「觀」,說「味」:「若眾生於色不味者,則不染於色」〔T02 0002b16〕。眾生為什麼染著色?因為色有味——有可愛可樂之處。為什麼又會厭?因為色有患。為什麼能出離?因為色於眾生「有出離」。三句都是『若……不……則不應……』的句型:不是教人厭,是說明厭之所以可能。第十四經世尊自述:「我昔於色味有求有行」〔T02 0002c12〕——不是只知道色有味,是曾經求過、行過,然後「以智慧如實見」。接著兩經同說一句:「我於五受陰不如實知味是味、患是患、離是離」〔T02 0002c23〕的時候,於天魔梵沙門婆羅門眾中「永住顛倒」;如實知了,才「自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」。這是一卷之中唯一兩次說到佛自己的證,而說的仍是五受陰。
第十四經後攝頌一首,把第八至十四經收作「過去四種說厭離及解脫」「二種說因緣味亦復二種」〔T02 0003a05〕。
五、略說法要,廣解其義(經十五至二十一)
第十五經起,說法的形式變了。不再是世尊告諸比丘,而是一位比丘來求「略說法要」,世尊只說一句,再問他「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」比丘把那一句套在色、受、想、行、識上各說一遍,世尊印可。七經之中,世尊的「一句」各不相同:「若隨使使者,即隨使死;若隨使死者,為取所縛。」〔T02 0003a18〕隨著使(煩惱)去,就隨著使死,就被取所縛;第十六經是「則增諸數」〔T02 0003b16〕——隨使使就增長「數」,不隨使使則不增;第十七經「非汝所應之法,宜速斷除」〔T02 0003c11〕;第十八經加一句「亦非餘人所應」;第十九經「結所繫法宜速除斷」〔T02 0004b09〕;第二十一經「動搖時,則為魔所縛;若不動者,則解脫波旬」〔T02 0004c07〕。
這七經的「廣解」沒有一次講道理,都只是把一句話放到五受陰上。這就是這一卷的讀法:所謂廣解,不是另說什麼,是把同一句話,一一落在色、受、想、行、識上。而七經的結尾都一樣——那位比丘「獨一靜處,精勤修習,住不放逸」,然後「即成羅漢,心得解脫」〔T02 0003b13〕。經文把『聞一句、解一句、修一句、證』寫成一條不斷的線。
第二十經只有七字:「染經亦如是說」〔T02 0004b25〕。結集者告訴我們,還有一經,世尊所說的一句是「染」,其餘全同;所以只記一題,不重寫。我們照底本讀,不替它補出經文。
六、心善解脫;非我、不異我、不相在(經二十二至二十四)
第二十二經問的人有名字:劫波。他問的是「心得善解脫」。世尊的答法是把色放在十一個維度裡看——過去、未來、現在,內、外,麁、細,好、醜,遠、近——「彼一切悉皆無常」,然後「正觀無常已,色愛即除。色愛除已,心善解脫」〔T02 0004c28〕。心為什麼解脫?「愛欲斷故」〔T02 0005a06〕。第二十三經是羅睺羅問,問句很長:「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相」〔T02 0005a13〕,才能令「我、我所見、我慢使」不再繫著?第二十四經的問答方向倒過來:世尊先以同一問句問羅睺羅「云何知、云何見」〔T02 0005b06〕,羅睺羅不自答,請世尊為諸比丘演說。答的仍是那十一個維度,但結語從「無常」換成「非我、不異我、不相在,如是平等慧正觀」〔T02 0005a22〕。到此,第一經並列的「非我」,有了它的三句式:色不是我,離開色也沒有另一個我,我與色也不互相在裡面。如此知見的人,「斷愛欲,轉去諸結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0005b02〕;第二十四經再加三句:「超越疑心,遠離諸相,寂靜解脫」〔T02 0005b22〕。
第二十四經後攝頌一首:「使、增諸數非我、非彼結繫、動搖」「劫波所問亦羅睺羅所問二經」,把十五至二十四經收攏。
七、多聞、法師、法次法向、見法涅槃(經二十五至二十九)
第二十五至二十九經是五個名目的定義。什麼叫多聞?「若聞色是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法,是名多聞」〔T02 0005c04〕。什麼叫法師?「若於色說是生厭、離欲、滅盡、寂靜法者,是名法師」〔T02 0005c15〕。什麼叫法次法向?「於色向厭、離欲、滅盡,是名法次法向」〔T02 0005c25〕。什麼叫見法涅槃?於色生厭離欲滅盡,「不起諸漏,心正解脫,是名比丘見法涅槃」〔T02 0006a07〕。第二十九經是三蜜離提問說法師:「說厭、離欲、滅盡,是名說法師」〔T02 0006a18〕,比第二十六經少一個「寂靜」。五經共有的是三個詞——厭、離欲、滅盡;第二十五、二十六經多一個「寂靜法」,第二十八經多一句「不起諸漏,心正解脫」。聞的是這個,說的是這個,行的是這個,證的也是這個。多聞不在多,法師不在說得多,都在於所聞所說是不是這幾個字。這一組與前一組合看:前一組說「心解脫」如何成,這一組說「多聞」「法師」等名目,其實也只以這一件事定義。
第二十九經後攝頌一首:「多聞、善說法向法及涅槃」「三蜜離提問云何說法師」〔T02 0006a23〕。
八、舍利弗與輸屢那(經三十至三十二)
最後三經,說法的是尊者舍利弗,不是佛;聽的是長者子輸屢那。第三十經由輸屢那先問:沙門婆羅門於無常變易不安隱的色,說「我勝、我等、我劣」〔T02 0006a29〕,「何所計而不見真實」〔T02 0006b05〕?舍利弗不直接答,反過來問他:色是常是無常?無常。無常是苦嗎?是苦。無常、苦、「是變易法」〔T02 0006b10〕的東西,聖弟子於中見色是我、異我、相在不?不也。一問一答之後,才說「是名如實知」。問話的人自己答出了答案;舍利弗接著才正面教他,於色乃至識「生厭,離欲、解脫」〔T02 0006b22〕。所以這一經的結尾是輸屢那「遠塵離垢,得法眼淨」〔T02 0006b25〕,「見法得法,不由於他」〔T02 0006b26〕,說「我今已度」〔T02 0006b28〕,歸依三寶。
第三十一經換一組詞:「色集不如實知,色滅不如實知,色滅道跡不如實知」〔T02 0006c08〕——色、集、滅、滅道跡,四個。不如實知,則「不堪能斷色」〔T02 0006c10〕;如實知,則「堪能斷色」〔T02 0006c16〕——斷得斷不得,繫於這四個知;斷了,則「解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、苦、惱」〔T02 0007a03〕,這是第三十一經的結尾。第三十二經再換:「色味不如實知,色患不如實知,色離不如實知」〔T02 0007a15〕——色、集、滅、味、患、離,六個。不如實知,則「不堪能超越色」〔T02 0007a16〕。兩經都由舍利弗先說正反兩面,中間一段問答同第三十經,問答之後再說一遍。第三十二經是一卷的末經,它的結語把一卷收住:「聖弟子於此五受陰正觀非我、非我所」〔T02 0007b10〕,「於諸世間無所攝受;無攝受者,則無所著;無所著者,自得涅槃」〔T02 0007b11〕。從第一經的「當觀色無常」到這裡的「自得涅槃」,中間走過的,就是三十二經各動的那一個字。
九、一卷的讀法
回頭看,這三十二經只說一件事:五受陰。但『說一件事』不等於『說一句話』。經文從無常說起,說到苦、非我、非我所;從「當觀」說到『不知、不明、不斷、不離欲』的反面;從三世說到因緣;從味患離說到佛自證;從世尊告諸比丘,說到比丘求略說、自己廣解、自己證;從無常說到非我不異我不相在;從心解脫說到多聞法師等名目的定義;最後由舍利弗以問答的方式,讓一位長者子自己說出來。每一經換一個詞,是因為眾生被縛的地方各不相同,所以同一件事要從不同的門進。反覆不是重複;是同一個觀法,走遍每一個可能的入口。而全卷八見的「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」〔T02 0001a13〕——六次在教說與結尾,兩次在第十五、十七經請法比丘的口中,說的是他出家所求——是這一件事說到底的樣子。
承衍——攝事分所攝
後出的論典如何讀這一卷?《瑜伽師地論》攝事分說雜阿含的體例時,先說結集者的工作:「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布。」〔T30n1579 0772c15〕——本卷四首攝頌,即是此類。論又說,若無本母,「譬如無本母字,義不明了」〔T30n1579 0773a09〕,因此於契經事中依次決擇。它對五受陰諸經的決擇,恰好可以對著本卷讀。
論說修的次第:「依無常,修苦想;依苦,修空、無我想」〔T30n1579 0773b22〕——這是第九、十經「無常即苦,苦即非我」的次第。論說「於諸行中有四決定」〔T30n1579 0774b18〕:無常、苦、空、無我四種決定,而說無常決定時用的正是第八經的話:「當知去來諸行無常性尚決定,何況現在。」〔T30n1579 0774c03〕論說智的漸次:「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次。」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕說智果的漸次:「云何智果漸次?謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫。」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕——這是第一經「正觀者,則生厭離;厭離者,喜貪盡;喜貪盡者,說心解脫」那條鏈的名目。論的總結是:「由智增上力故,於諸行中起厭;由習厭故,得離欲;由習離欲故,得解脫及遍解脫。」〔T30n1579 0775b15〕
對第十三、十四經的味、患、離,論說「應觀察八事。謂於諸行中愛味、過患、出離觀察」〔T30n1579 0773c22〕,並一一評量:「又此愛味極為狹小」〔T30n1579 0776a01〕,「又此過患極為廣大」〔T30n1579 0776a04〕,「又此出離寂靜無上,畢竟安隱」〔T30n1579 0776a07〕。對第二十三、二十四經的我、我所見、我慢,論立四種邪執,首二即「見邪執者,謂於諸行中執我、我所」〔T30n1579 0775b20〕與慢邪執。論之所說,不出經文一字;它只是把三十二經各動的那一個字,排成一張表。本篇所說的次第,大抵也只是沿著這張表,回到經文去讀。
Of the thirty-two discourses in Fascicle 1, almost every one begins with form and then says, “and so with feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.” The same sentence pattern, one word changed, said again; another word changed, said again. A first reader takes this for repetition. Only after finishing the fascicle does one see that between neighbouring discourses often only one word changes, and that the word that changes is exactly what that discourse wants seen. This exposition follows the order of the thirty-two discourses and watches where, layer by layer, the fascicle carries this one matter of the five aggregates of clinging.
I. First Establish Right Contemplation: Impermanence and Right Reflection (Discourses 1–2)
The first discourse has a single teaching: “Contemplate form as impermanent. Whoever contemplates thus has right contemplation.” Then a chain follows: right contemplation gives rise to weariness, weariness exhausts delight and craving, and when delight and craving are exhausted “the mind is said to be liberated.” The second discourse changes “contemplate” to “reflect rightly”: “Toward form one should reflect rightly, contemplating form as impermanent and knowing it as it really is.” One link of the chain changes too: not the exhausting of delight and craving but the cutting off of desire and craving. Taken together the two discourses are the fascicle’s general outline. What is contemplated is impermanence; what is used is right contemplation and right reflection; what is reached is liberation of mind. And “so too with suffering, emptiness, and not self”: the four modes of contemplation already stand side by side within a single discourse. This layer does not yet say what “suffering,” “empty,” or “not self” mean; it only fixes the direction of contemplation.
II. Not Knowing, Not Understanding, Not Abandoning, Not Free from Desire (Discourses 3–7)
From the third discourse the pattern turns from “contemplate” to “not knowing, not understanding, not abandoning, not free from desire”: “Whoever does not know form, does not understand it, does not abandon it, and is not free from desire for it cannot end suffering.” The fourth discourse changes “cannot end suffering” to “cannot pass beyond the terror of birth, old age, sickness, and death,” and the sixth says it once more. The fifth and seventh take another doorway: “Whoever delights in form delights in suffering.” To delight in form is to delight in suffering, and whoever delights in suffering is not freed from suffering. These five discourses establish the meaning from the negative side: the first two said what to do; these five say what happens if one does not. The four “nots” form one set. Not knowing is not knowing as it really is; not understanding is not seeing clearly; not abandoning is not letting go; not being free from desire is craving not yet exhausted. Each hooks into the next, which is why the fifth discourse says that one “not free from desire and craving, the mind not liberated, the craving mind not liberated, cannot end suffering.”
After the seventh discourse there is a summary verse: “Impermanent, and suffering, empty, not self, right reflection,” “the four kinds of not knowing, and delight in form.” This is the compilers taking one word from each of the first seven discourses and gathering them in one place. It is not sūtra text but a table of contents; yet it tells us that the compilers too read these seven as one group.
III. The Three Times, Causes and Conditions, Not Mine (Discourses 8–12)
The eighth discourse changes the dimension to time: “Past and future form are impermanent, how much more present form!” What is past has ceased; what is future has not come; if even these are impermanent, how could what is before one’s eyes be permanent? Hence the noble disciple “does not look back to past form, does not long for future form, and toward present form is weary, free from desire, and rightly turned toward cessation.” The ninth and tenth join the four modes that stood side by side in the first discourse into a single line: “Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is also not mine.” Impermanence, suffering, not self, and not mine are not four things in a row; two “therefores” and one “also” join them into one thing. The eleventh and twelfth press one step further and ask why it is impermanent: “Whatever serves as cause and as condition for the arising of forms, that too is impermanent. Forms born of impermanent causes and impermanent conditions—how could they be permanent?” Form is born of causes and conditions; the causes and conditions are themselves impermanent; how could what they produce be permanent? These five discourses turn the “impermanence” of the first discourse from a mode of contemplation into a reason.
IV. Gratification, Danger, Escape (Discourses 13–14)
The thirteenth discourse does not say “contemplate”; it says “gratification”: “If beings found no gratification in form, they would not be defiled by form.” Why are beings attached to form? Because form has gratification—something lovable and pleasing in it. Why then do they grow weary? Because form has danger. Why can they escape? Because for beings there is “an escape” from form. All three sentences take the form if … not …, then … would not …: they do not tell one to be weary; they explain how weariness is possible at all. In the fourteenth the World-Honored One speaks of himself: “Formerly I sought and practised with regard to the gratification of form.” Not merely knowing that form has gratification, but having sought it and practised it, and then “seeing it as it really is with wisdom.” The two discourses then say the same thing: so long as “I did not know, as they really are, the gratification of the five aggregates of clinging as gratification, their danger as danger, and the escape from them as escape,” then among gods, Māras, Brahmās, ascetics, and brahmins he “dwelt forever in inversion”; only on knowing them as they really are did he “himself realise unsurpassed perfect awakening.” This is the one place in the fascicle where the Buddha’s own realisation is spoken of twice, and what is spoken of is still the five aggregates of clinging.
After the fourteenth discourse a summary verse gathers the eighth through fourteenth as “the past, four kinds, speaking of weariness and liberation,” “two kinds speaking of causes and conditions, and gratification, likewise two kinds.”
V. A Brief Teaching, Explained at Length (Discourses 15–21)
From the fifteenth discourse the form of teaching changes. No longer does the World-Honored One address the bhikṣus; a bhikṣu comes to ask for “a brief teaching of the essentials of the Dharma.” The World-Honored One says a single sentence, then asks him, “How do you explain at length the meaning of what I have taught in brief?” The bhikṣu applies that one sentence to form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, one after another, and the World-Honored One approves. In the seven discourses the World-Honored One’s “one sentence” is different each time: “Whoever is driven by the fetters dies by the fetters; whoever dies by the fetters is bound by clinging.” To go along with the fetters, the afflictions, is to die by them and be bound by clinging. The sixteenth says “adds to the reckonings”—driven by the fetters one adds to the reckonings; not driven, one does not add. The seventeenth: “a thing that is not fit for you; it should be quickly cut off.” The eighteenth adds “nor fit for anyone else.” The nineteenth: “a thing bound by the bonds should be quickly cut off.” The twenty-first: “when one wavers, one is bound by Māra; when one does not waver, one is freed from the Evil One.”
In none of these seven does the “explanation at length” argue anything. It only sets one sentence upon the five aggregates of clinging. That is how this fascicle is to be read: to explain at length is not to say something else, but to let the same sentence fall, one by one, upon form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. And the seven endings are the same: that bhikṣu “alone in a quiet place, diligently practised and dwelt without negligence,” and then “became an arhat, the mind liberated.” The text writes hearing one sentence, understanding one sentence, practising one sentence, realising as one unbroken line.
The twentieth discourse has only seven characters: “The discourse on defilement is taught in the same way.” The compilers tell us that there is one more discourse in which the World-Honored One’s one sentence is “defilement,” all else the same; so they record only the title and do not write it out again. We read it as the base text has it and do not supply the text for it.
VI. The Mind Well Liberated; Not Self, Not Other Than Self, Not Within One Another (Discourses 22–24)
The questioner in the twenty-second discourse has a name: Kalpa. He asks about “the mind well liberated.” The World-Honored One’s answer is to set form within eleven dimensions—past, future, present; inner, outer; coarse, fine; fair, foul; far, near—“all of it entirely impermanent,” and then: “having rightly contemplated impermanence, craving for form is removed; craving for form being removed, the mind is well liberated.” Why is the mind liberated? “Because craving and desire are cut off.” The twenty-third is Rāhula’s question, and the question is long: “How should one know, how should one see this conscious body of mine and all the signs of outer objects,” so that “the view of self, the view of mine, and the fetter of conceit” no longer bind? In the twenty-fourth the direction is reversed: the World-Honored One first puts the same question to Rāhula, “how should one know, how should one see,” and Rāhula does not answer but asks the World-Honored One to expound it for the bhikṣus. The answer is again those eleven dimensions, but the closing phrase changes from “impermanent” to “not self, not other than self, not within one another; thus one contemplates rightly with equal wisdom.” Here the “not self” that stood side by side in the first discourse receives its threefold form: form is not the self; apart from form there is no other self; and self and form do not dwell within each other. Whoever knows and sees thus “cuts off craving and desire, turns away all the bonds, rightly penetrates, and reaches the end of suffering”; the twenty-fourth adds three more: “passes beyond doubt, departs from all signs, and is liberated in stillness.”
After the twenty-fourth discourse a summary verse—“the fetters; adding to the reckonings; not self; not another’s; bound by the bonds; wavering,” “what Kalpa asked, and the two discourses Rāhula asked”—gathers the fifteenth through twenty-fourth.
VII. Much Learning, a Teacher of the Dharma, Practice in Accordance with the Dharma, Nirvāṇa Seen in This Life (Discourses 25–29)
The twenty-fifth through twenty-ninth discourses define five terms. What is called much learning? “If one hears that form is a thing for weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness, this is called much learning.” What is called a teacher of the Dharma? “If one teaches that form is a thing for weariness, freedom from desire, cessation, and stillness, this is called a teacher of the Dharma.” What is called practice in accordance with the Dharma? “Toward form to turn to weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation—this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma.” What is called nirvāṇa seen in this life? Toward form to be weary, free from desire, and ceased, “not giving rise to the outflows, the mind rightly liberated—this is called a bhikṣu’s nirvāṇa seen in this life.” The twenty-ninth is Sanmiliti asking about the teacher who expounds the Dharma: “teaches weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation—this is called a teacher who expounds the Dharma,” one word, “stillness,” fewer than the twenty-sixth. What the five discourses share is three words—weariness, freedom from desire, cessation; the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth add “stillness,” and the twenty-eighth adds “not giving rise to the outflows, the mind rightly liberated.” What is heard is this; what is taught is this; what is practised is this; what is realised is this. Much learning does not lie in much; being a teacher of the Dharma does not lie in saying much; both lie in whether what is heard and taught is these few words. Read together with the previous group: the previous group said how “liberation of mind” comes about; this group says that terms like “much learning” and “teacher of the Dharma” are in fact defined by this one matter alone.
After the twenty-ninth discourse a summary verse: “much learning, teaching well, the Dharma and accordance with the Dharma, and nirvāṇa,” “Sanmiliti asking what a teacher who expounds the Dharma is.”
VIII. Śāriputra and Śroṇa (Discourses 30–32)
In the last three discourses the one who teaches is the venerable Śāriputra, not the Buddha; the one who listens is Śroṇa, a householder’s son. In the thirtieth it is Śroṇa who asks first: when ascetics and brahmins say of impermanent, changing, insecure form, “I am superior, I am equal, I am inferior,” “what are they reckoning, that they do not see what is real?” Śāriputra does not answer directly; he turns and asks him: Is form permanent or impermanent? Impermanent. Is what is impermanent suffering? It is suffering. Of what is impermanent, suffering, “a thing subject to change,” does the noble disciple see form as self, as other than self, as within one another? No. Only after the questions and answers does he say, “this is called knowing as it really is.” The one who asked has spoken the answer himself; only then does Śāriputra teach him directly, that toward form and the rest one “becomes weary, free from desire, and liberated.” That is why the discourse ends with Śroṇa “free of dust and stain, gaining the pure Dharma eye,” “seeing the Dharma, attaining the Dharma, not depending on another,” saying “I have now crossed over,” and taking refuge in the Three Jewels.
The thirty-first changes the set of words: “does not know as it really is the arising of form, the cessation of form, the path leading to the cessation of form”—form, its arising, its cessation, the path to its cessation, four. Not knowing them as they really are, one “is not able to abandon form”; knowing them, one “is able to abandon form”—whether one can abandon or not hangs on these four knowings; and having abandoned, one “is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, suffering, and distress,” which is how the thirty-first ends. The thirty-second changes again: “does not know as it really is the gratification of form, the danger of form, the escape from form”—form, arising, cessation, gratification, danger, escape, six. Not knowing them as they really are, one “is not able to pass beyond form.” In both discourses Śāriputra first states the two sides, the not-knowing and the knowing; the question-and-answer in the middle is the same as the thirtieth; and after it he states the teaching again. The thirty-second is the last discourse of the fascicle, and its closing holds the fascicle together: “the noble disciple contemplates rightly these five aggregates of clinging as not self and not mine,” and “in all the world takes hold of nothing; taking hold of nothing, one is attached to nothing; attached to nothing, one attains nirvāṇa by oneself.” From “contemplate form as impermanent” in the first discourse to “attains nirvāṇa by oneself” here, what lies between is the one word that each of the thirty-two discourses moves in its turn.
IX. How to Read the Fascicle
Looking back, these thirty-two discourses say one thing only: the five aggregates of clinging. But saying one thing is not saying one sentence. The text begins with impermanence and goes on to suffering, not self, not mine; from “contemplate” to the reverse side of not knowing, not understanding, not abandoning, not free from desire; from the three times to causes and conditions; from gratification, danger, and escape to the Buddha’s own realisation; from the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus to a bhikṣu asking for a brief teaching, explaining it himself, realising it himself; from impermanence to not self, not other than self, not within one another; from liberation of mind to the definitions of much learning, the teacher of the Dharma, and the rest; and at the last, Śāriputra, by question and answer, lets a householder’s son say it himself. Each discourse changes one word because the place where beings are bound differs from one to another, so the same matter must be entered through different doors. Repetition is not redundancy; it is one contemplation walking through every possible entrance. And the sentence that appears eight times in the fascicle—“my birth is ended, pure conduct is established, what was to be done is done, I know for myself that there is no further existence”—six times in the teaching or at the close, twice in the fifteenth and seventeenth in the mouth of the bhikṣu asking for the teaching, as what he left home to attain—is what this one matter looks like when it is said to the end.
Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers
How did the later treatise read this fascicle? When the Compendium of Topics in the Yogācārabhūmi speaks of the form of the Saṃyukta Āgama, it first describes the compilers’ work: “Those who later compiled it, so that the holy teaching might long abide, composed uddāna verses and arranged them in order as appropriate.” The four summary verses of this fascicle are of this kind. The treatise says further that without a mātṛkā “it is as with written characters without a mātṛkā: the meaning is not clear,” and so, within the Topics of the Sūtras, it makes its determinations in sequence. Its determinations on the discourses of the five aggregates of clinging can be read directly against this fascicle.
The treatise gives the order of practice: “relying on impermanence, cultivate the perception of suffering; relying on suffering, cultivate the perceptions of emptiness and not self”—this is the order of the ninth and tenth discourses, “what is impermanent is suffering, what is suffering is not self.” It says that “among the formations there are four certainties”: the four certainties of impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and not self, and in speaking of the certainty of impermanence it uses the very words of the eighth discourse: “Know that the impermanence of past and future formations is already certain, how much more of the present.” It gives the gradation of knowledge: “Thus contemplating that because impermanent therefore suffering, because suffering therefore not self—this is called the gradation of knowledge.” And the gradation of the fruits of knowledge: “What is the gradation of the fruits of knowledge? Weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, and complete liberation”—these are the names for the chain in the first discourse, “whoever contemplates rightly gives rise to weariness; weariness exhausts delight and craving; when delight and craving are exhausted, the mind is said to be liberated.” The treatise sums it up: “By the overriding power of knowledge, one gives rise to weariness among the formations; by cultivating weariness, one attains freedom from desire; by cultivating freedom from desire, one attains liberation and complete liberation.”
On the gratification, danger, and escape of the thirteenth and fourteenth discourses, the treatise says “one should examine eight matters, namely, among the formations, the examination of gratification, danger, and escape,” and weighs each in turn: “this gratification is extremely narrow and small,” “this danger is extremely broad and great,” “this escape is still, unsurpassed, and finally secure.” On the self, the view of mine, and the conceit of the twenty-third and twenty-fourth discourses, the treatise sets up four wrong graspings, the first two being “the wrong grasping of views, namely grasping self and mine among the formations” and the wrong grasping of conceit. What the treatise says does not go a single word beyond the text of the discourses; it only lays out, as a table, the one word that each of the thirty-two discourses moves. The order given in this exposition does little more than follow that table back into the text of the discourses.
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第一全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第一」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經三十二部(經序(一)至(三二)),其間攝頌四首,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第一」。全卷漢字八千六百二十七。住處二:舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經1–22·25–29),王舍城竹園(經23·24·30–32)。說者二:世尊(經1–29)與尊者舍利弗(經30–32)。經20 唯「染經亦如是說」一句。雜阿含無逐文古疏;所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事行擇攝(卷八十五起)——論自言其為契經之本母,而以嗢拕南次第擇攝諸經。大正藏校記五十四條,見目九;大正注所載巴利經座標二十七條,見目十。
一、科判定位
卷第一之位——底本卷首:
「雜阿含經卷第一」〔T02 0001a03〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0001a05〕
卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第一」〔T02 0007b16〕。
篇名之所由——底本卷中無篇題。攝事分釋「雜阿笈摩」,舉其所攝諸相應:
「雜阿笈摩者,謂於是中,世尊觀待彼彼所化,宣說如來及諸弟子所說相應,蘊、界、處相應,緣起、食、諦相應,念住、正斷、神足、根、力、覺支、道支、入出息念、學、證淨等相應。」〔T30n1579 0772c11〕
又以三相總括一切相應:
「當知如是一切相應,略由三相。何等為三?一、是能說,二、是所說,三、是所為說。」〔T30n1579 0772c16〕 「若如來、若如來弟子,是能說。如弟子所說,佛所說分。若所了知、若能了知,是所說。如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分。若諸苾芻、天魔等眾,是所為說。如結集品。」〔T30n1579 0772c18〕
『五取蘊相應』之名,即取論於「所說」一相所舉之「如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分」〔T30n1579 0772c20〕。本卷經文自身稱此五者為「五受陰」〔T02 0002c01〕。
能說之二——佛說與弟子說。依上引「若如來、若如來弟子,是能說」,本卷三十二經之能說者有二型:經1–29 為世尊所說;經30–32 為尊者舍利弗所說,經自結云「時,舍利弗說是經已」〔T02 0006b24〕、「時,輸屢那聞舍利弗所說」〔T02 0007a08〕、「時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說」〔T02 0007b14〕。三經之中佛不現說法之身,唯經首「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0006a24〕標其時佛之所住。
三十二經之住處與問答型(住處皆底本逐字;型依經文本身之「白佛」「告」「問」「答」):
| 經 | 錨 | 住處(逐字) | 型 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1–14 | 〔T02 0001a06〕起 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」 | 世尊告諸比丘(經13·14 世尊自述其證「阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」) |
| 15 | 〔T02 0003a06〕 | 同上 | 「有異比丘」請略說→世尊略說→世尊問「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」→比丘廣解→世尊印可並重宣 |
| 16 | 〔T02 0003b14〕 | 同上 | 同經15 型;經文自略:「所問如上,差別者」 |
| 17–19 | 〔T02 0003b28〕起 | 同上 | 同經15 型 |
| 20 | 〔T02 0004b25〕 | (經文無住處句) | 略說:「染經亦如是說」 |
| 21 | 〔T02 0004b26〕 | 同上 | 同經15 型 |
| 22 | 〔T02 0004c20〕 | 同上 | 「有比丘名劫波」問→世尊答 |
| 23 | 〔T02 0005a11〕 | 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」 | 「尊者羅睺羅」問→佛答 |
| 24 | 〔T02 0005b05〕 | 「佛住王舍城伽蘭陀竹園」 | 世尊先問羅睺羅:「爾時,世尊告羅睺羅」→羅睺羅請佛為說→佛答 |
| 25–28 | 〔T02 0005b28〕起 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」 | 「有異比丘」問→佛答 |
| 29 | 〔T02 0006a12〕 | 同上 | 「有異比丘名三蜜離提」問→佛答 |
| 30 | 〔T02 0006a24〕 | 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」(舍利弗「在耆闍崛山中」) | 長者子輸屢那問→舍利弗反問而答 |
| 31 | 〔T02 0006c04〕 | 同上(舍利弗「在耆闍崛山」) | 舍利弗自起說:「時,舍利弗謂」→舍利弗問、輸屢那答 |
| 32 | 〔T02 0007a10〕 | 同上 | 舍利弗自起說:「時,舍利弗告輸屢那」→舍利弗問、輸屢那答 |
經15–21 之廣解,說者是請法之比丘,世尊則以「善哉!善哉!」印可,並以「所以者何?」重宣其文——如經15,比丘先廣解:「世尊!色隨使使、色隨使死」〔T02 0003a23〕;世尊次印可:「善哉!善哉!比丘!於我略說法中,廣解其義。」〔T02 0003b01〕
經20 之略說——全經唯「染經亦如是說」〔T02 0004b25〕。底本前一經(經19)以「結所繫法」為題,經20 之略說所指,『當是依前經之問答式樣,換其所說之法而說』——此為讀法,經文未自言所換何字。大正藏底本此字作「深」,見目九。
攝頌四首——本卷四首攝頌,各在其所攝諸經之後:
| 攝頌 | 錨 | 逐字 | 所攝 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 一 | 〔T02 0001c20〕 | 「無常及苦、空非我、正思惟」「無知等四種及於色喜樂」 | 經1–7 |
| 二 | 〔T02 0003a04〕 | 「過去四種說厭離及解脫」「二種說因緣味亦復二種」 | 經8–14 |
| 三 | 〔T02 0005b26〕 | 「使、增諸數非我、非彼結繫、動搖」「劫波所問亦羅睺羅所問二經」 | 經15–24 |
| 四 | 〔T02 0006a22〕 | 「多聞、善說法向法及涅槃」「三蜜離提問云何說法師」 | 經25–29 |
攝頌之所由,攝事分明言其為結集者所立:
「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布。」〔T30n1579 0772c15〕
經30–32 之後,本卷無攝頌。第三首攝頌之名目,『使(經15)·增諸數(經16)·非我(經17)·非彼(經18)·結繫(經19)·動搖(經21)·劫波所問(經22)·羅睺羅所問二經(經23–24)』,經20 未別出其名。各名之所攝,皆讀法,用單角引號提挈,不用雙角引號徵引。
攝事分自身之嗢拕南——論擇攝本卷諸經之段,自立嗢拕南三首(逐字錄之,不據以改本卷之次,不據以立本卷之科):
「界、說、前行、觀察、果、愚相、無常等定、界、二種漸次、應當知非斷非常、及染淨。」〔T30n1579 0773a16〕 「略教、教果、終、墮數、三遍智斷、縛、解脫、見慢雜染、淨說句、遠離四具、三圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0776b21〕 「想行、愚相、眼、勝利、九智、無癡、與勝進、我見差別、三相行、法總等品三後廣。」〔T30n1579 0778b21〕
論之嗢拕南各項與本卷各經之相當,唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同序者為據,逐經見目十①;其外不作對應。
二、異譯對勘
本卷三十二經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷一百三十七條之中,無一條標別譯經序;別譯全帙之注,亦無一條回指本卷經序。誠實記之,不另擬對照。
三、經論宗依(眼)
雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下列攝事分本母之句與本卷經文逐字同詞同序者——皆論自文,並列以見其所擇攝,不謂經依論。
過去、未來尚無常,何況現在(經8)
- 經:「過去、未來色無常,況現在色!」〔T02 0001c23〕
- 論:「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在。」〔T30n1579 0774b20〕;結云「當知去來諸行無常性尚決定,何況現在。」〔T30n1579 0774c03〕
無常故苦,苦故非我(經9–12)
- 經:「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。」〔T02 0002a03〕
- 論:「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次。」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕;又「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我。」〔T30n1579 0774a06〕
若魔、若梵(經13·14)
- 經:「我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中」〔T02 0002c03〕
- 論:「謂若魔、若梵世間。」〔T30n1579 0776a18〕;又「謂若天世間,若沙門、婆羅門,若諸天人。」〔T30n1579 0776a16〕
結所繫(經19)
- 經:「比丘!結所繫法宜速除斷」〔T02 0004b09〕
- 論:「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事」〔T30n1579 0777b05〕
心善解脫(經22)
- 經:「世尊!云何比丘心得善解脫?」〔T02 0004c23〕;「如來說名心善解脫」〔T02 0005a05〕
- 論:「復次,由三種相,當知心善解脫。」〔T30n1579 0777b22〕
我、我所、我慢(經23·24)
- 經:「能令無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著?」〔T02 0005a14〕
- 論:「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故,說名為空。」〔T30n1579 0775a11〕
說法師(經29)
- 經:「如世尊說說法師。云何名為說法師?」〔T02 0006a14〕
- 論:「又說法師略有二種,一者、由教,二者、由證。」〔T30n1579 0778b08〕
遠塵離垢,法眼(經30)
- 經:「長者子輸屢那遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。」〔T02 0006b25〕
- 論:「遠塵離垢,於諸法中得法眼時,當知即得十種勝利。」〔T30n1579 0778c14〕
超越(經32)
- 經:「此沙門、婆羅門不堪能超越識。」〔T02 0007a20〕
- 論:「有九種智,能於諸行遍知、超越。」〔T30n1579 0778c27〕
論以「諸行」總言五蘊,經則一一舉「色」與「受、想、行、識」;二者詞不同處,不強作同。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分行擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。
一、說——善說法律三不共支(與經1 同詞「喜貪」「心善解脫」之「解脫」)
「謂於諸行中,依如所有性及盡所有性,修無常想;依無常,修苦想;依苦,修空、無我想」〔T30n1579 0773b20〕 「彼由如是若住、若行,於喜貪纏速能滅盡,心清淨住。」〔T30n1579 0773b29〕 「獲得真實究竟解脫,當知即是心善解脫。」〔T30n1579 0773c03〕
二、前行——見前行法、道果前行法(與經2 同詞「正思惟」)
「謂得如是正見已,復起所餘正思惟等,或同時生、或後時生道前行法,為斷所餘諸煩惱故。」〔T30n1579 0773c19〕
三、觀察——八事(與經2 同詞「欲貪」「斷」;與經13·14 同詞「愛味」之「味」)
「應觀察八事。謂於諸行中愛味、過患、出離觀察,及聞、思、思擇力、見道、修道觀察。」〔T30n1579 0773c22〕 「於所愛味一切行中,隨所生起欲貪煩惱,即能除遣、制伏、斷捨。於此欲貪不現行故,說名為斷,非永離欲故名為斷。」〔T30n1579 0773c29〕 「如是由前二種,漸離欲貪;由修道力,心得解脫。」〔T30n1579 0774a17〕
四、果——煩惱斷果及苦滅果(與經4·6 同詞「死怖」)
「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖。為斷彼故,而能發起猛利樂欲,乃至正念及無放逸,勤修觀行。」〔T30n1579 0774b01〕
五、愚相——二種愚夫之相(與經5·7 同詞「不得解脫」)
「由是因緣,於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫。」〔T30n1579 0774b15〕
六、無常等定——四決定(與經8 同詞,見目三)
「於諸行中有四決定。一、無常決定,二、苦決定,三、空決定,四、無我決定。」〔T30n1579 0774b18〕
七、界——五離繫品界(與經8 同詞「厭」「離欲」「滅」)
「名於諸行修厭。」〔T30n1579 0775a18〕「名於諸行修離欲。」〔T30n1579 0775a19〕「名於諸行修滅。」〔T30n1579 0775a21〕
八、二種漸次——智漸次、智果漸次(與經9–12 同詞,見目三;與經9·11 同詞「厭」「解脫」;與經10·12 同詞「解脫」)
「云何智果漸次?謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫。」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 「謂由如是煩惱雜染解脫故,生等諸苦雜染亦普解脫,是名遍解脫。」〔T30n1579 0775b14〕
九、非斷非常(與經11·12 同詞「因」「緣」「無常」「常」,而詞序不同)
「復次,由三種相,應知諸行非斷、非常。」〔T30n1579 0775b29〕 「此中諸行因無常故,生已住因不可得故,當知諸行非常。」〔T30n1579 0775c02〕
十、染淨——三事二相(與經13·14 同詞「若魔、若梵」,見目三)
「一者、於諸行中觀察雜染因緣,謂觀彼愛味為愛味故。二者、於諸行中觀察清淨因緣,謂觀彼過患為過患故。三者、於諸行中觀察清淨,謂觀彼出離為出離故。」〔T30n1579 0775c19〕 「此中前三相,顯示因處煩惱解脫;後一相,顯示果處諸苦解脫。」〔T30n1579 0776a25〕
十一、略教(與經15–21 同詞「略」;經作「略說法要」,論作「請略教授」)
「由三因緣,有諸聲聞往大師所,請略教授。」〔T30n1579 0776b23〕
十二、縛(與經19 同詞「結所繫」,見目三)
「復次,於生死中而流轉者,有三種縛,由此縛故,心難解脫。」〔T30n1579 0777b03〕
十三、解脫(與經22 同詞「心善解脫」,見目三)
「謂於諸行遍了知故;於彼相應諸煩惱斷得作證故;煩惱斷已,於一切處離愛住故。」〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 「由十一行,於諸行中能遍了知盡所有性。謂過去、未來等,如前廣說。」〔T30n1579 0777b26〕
十四、見慢雜染(與經23·24 同詞「識身」「我慢」)
「何等為五?一者、計我,二者、計我所,三者、我慢,四者、執著,五者、隨眠。」〔T30n1579 0777c02〕 「又有識身及外事等,當知是彼五種因相。」〔T30n1579 0777c07〕
十五、淨說句(與經23·24 同詞「苦邊」)
「無學有二清淨說句。謂止慢現觀故,及一切苦本貪愛隨眠永拔除故,名已作苦邊。」〔T30n1579 0778a08〕
十六、遠離四具(與經15–22 同詞「不放逸」)
「依不放逸防守其心。」〔T30n1579 0778a15〕
十七、三圓滿(與經28 同詞「涅槃」;與經29 同詞「說法師」)
「行圓滿者,謂為觸證斷、無欲、滅界故,聽聞正法、為他演說、自正修行法隨法行,是名行圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0778a25〕 「果圓滿者,謂即由此法隨法行增上力故,心善解脫。又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0778a28〕 「又說法師略有二種,一者、由教,二者、由證。」〔T30n1579 0778b08〕
十八、愚相(卷八十六)(與經30 同詞「勝」「等」「劣」)
「於非真實勝劣性中,分別勝劣,稱量自他,謂己為勝。是名第一愚夫之相。如謂己勝,謂等、謂劣,廣說亦爾。」〔T30n1579 0778c02〕
十九、眼·勝利(與經30 同詞「遠塵」「離垢」「法眼」「見法」「得法」)
「謂由遠塵及離垢故。」〔T30n1579 0778c07〕 「一者、於四聖諦已善見故,說名見法。二者、隨獲一種沙門果故,說名得法。」〔T30n1579 0778c15〕 「九者、記別一切所證解脫,都無所畏。」〔T30n1579 0778c24〕
二十、九智(與經31 同詞「色集」;與經32 同詞「超越」)
「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集。」〔T30n1579 0779a02〕 「雜染因緣智、清淨因緣智及清淨智者,謂於愛味、過患、出離,如前應知。」〔T30n1579 0779a04〕
經16「增諸數」、經17·18「非汝所應」「非餘人所應」、經21「動搖」「魔」、經25「多聞」、經26「法師」、經27「法次法向」:論於上列諸段中未見與之同詞同序之句,誠實記之,不以義近而列。
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 攝事分 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 色·受·想·行·識 | 「當觀色無常」〔T02 0001a07〕;「如是觀受、想、行、識無常」〔T02 0001a09〕 | — | 論未逐一釋其名;總稱「五取蘊」:「此何所取?謂五取蘊。」〔T30n1579 0780b26〕 |
| 五受陰 | 「若我於此五受陰不如實知」 | 〔T02 0002c01〕 | 經作「五受陰」,論作「五取蘊」〔T30n1579 0772c20〕;論未釋「五受陰」之名 |
| 無常 | 「當觀色無常」 | 〔T02 0001a07〕 | 「於諸行中,修無常想行有五種。謂由無常性、無恒性、非久住性、不可保性、變壞法性故。」〔T30n1579 0778b23〕 |
| 苦 | 「如觀無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是」 | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | 「又由二相,當知諸行決定是苦。一、是生等苦法故;二、是三苦性故。」〔T30n1579 0774c20〕 |
| 空 | 同上 | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | 「又由二相,當知諸行決定是空。一、畢竟離性空故;二、後方離性空故。」〔T30n1579 0774c22〕 |
| 非我 | 同上 | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | 論作「無我」:「又由二相,當知諸行決定無我。一、諸行種種外性故;二、諸行從眾緣生,不自在故。」〔T30n1579 0774c26〕 |
| 正觀 | 「如是觀者,則為正觀」 | 〔T02 0001a07〕 | 論未釋「正觀」之名;論有「由正觀察所知境故,獲得正見」〔T30n1579 0773b23〕 |
| 厭離 | 「正觀者,則生厭離」 | 〔T02 0001a08〕 | 「云何厭?謂有對治現前故,起厭逆想,令諸煩惱不復現行。」〔T30n1579 0775b03〕 |
| 喜貪 | 「厭離者,喜貪盡」 | 〔T02 0001a08〕 | 「緣依止受所生欣樂,說名為喜;緣生受境所起染著,說名為貪。」〔T30n1579 0779b06〕 |
| 心解脫 | 「喜貪盡者,說心解脫」 | 〔T02 0001a09〕 | 「云何解脫?謂即於此伏斷對治多修習故,永拔隨眠。」〔T30n1579 0775b07〕 |
| 心善解脫 | 「比丘心得善解脫」 | 〔T02 0004c22〕 | 「由三種相,當知心善解脫。」〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 |
| 梵行 | 「梵行已立」 | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | 論未釋「梵行」之名;論有「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故」〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 |
| 不受後有 | 「自知不受後有」 | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | 論於無學自內所證云:「我今尚無餘一生在,況二、況七。」〔T30n1579 0773c11〕 |
| 正思惟 | 「於色當正思惟」 | 〔T02 0001a17〕 | 論未釋其名;論列為道果前行:「復起所餘正思惟等」〔T30n1579 0773c19〕 |
| 如實知 | 「觀色無常如實知」 | 〔T02 0001a18〕 | 論未釋「如實知」之名;論有「即於彼境如實了知」〔T30n1579 0774a09〕 |
| 欲貪 | 「於色欲貪斷」 | 〔T02 0001a19〕 | 「於此欲貪不現行故,說名為斷,非永離欲故名為斷。」〔T30n1579 0774a01〕 |
| 離欲 | 「不斷、不離欲」 | 〔T02 0001a29〕 | 「云何離欲?謂由修習厭心故,雖於對治不作意思惟,然於一切染愛事境貪不現行,此由伏斷增上力故。」〔T30n1579 0775b04〕 |
| 味·患·離 | 「味是味、患是患、離是離」 | 〔T02 0002c02〕 | 「此中觀察諸行為緣,生樂、生喜,是名於彼愛味。」〔T30n1579 0775c29〕;「又觀察諸行是無常、苦、變壞之法,是名於彼過患。」〔T30n1579 0776a03〕;「又復觀察於諸行中欲貪滅、欲貪斷、欲貪出,是名於彼出離。」〔T30n1579 0776a06〕 |
| 阿耨多羅三藐三菩提 | 「亦不能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」 | 〔T02 0002c04〕 | 論未釋 |
| 使 | 「若隨使使者,即隨使死」 | 〔T02 0003a18〕 | 論未釋「使」之名 |
| 取 | 「為取所縛」 | 〔T02 0003a19〕 | 論列四取為能取:「誰能取?謂四取。」〔T30n1579 0780b27〕 |
| 阿羅漢 | 「時,彼比丘即成羅漢」〔T02 0003b13〕;「乃至得阿羅漢」〔T02 0003b27〕 | — | 論未釋其名;論有「復能證得阿羅漢果」〔T30n1579 0779b20〕 |
| 結 | 「結所繫法」 | 〔T02 0004b09〕 | 「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事;二者、愛結所染諸有漏事;三者、能生當來後有諸行。」〔T30n1579 0777b05〕 |
| 我慢 | 「我、我所見、我慢使繫著」 | 〔T02 0005a14〕 | 「當知有五我慢現行。」〔T30n1579 0777b10〕 |
| 識身 | 「我此識身及外境界一切相」 | 〔T02 0005a13〕 | 「計我、我慢,以有識身為所緣因相。」〔T30n1579 0777c10〕 |
| 涅槃 | 「得見法涅槃」 | 〔T02 0006a03〕 | 論作「現法涅槃」:「又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0778a29〕 |
| 法次法向 | 「如世尊說法次法向」 | 〔T02 0005c22〕 | 論作「法隨法行」〔T30n1579 0778a27〕;論未釋「法次法向」之名 |
| 我·異我·相在 | 「見色是我、異我、相在不?」 | 〔T02 0006b11〕 | 論未釋「相在」之名;論於無我遍智云「所謂諸行都無有我,無有我所,亦無有餘互相繫屬」〔T30n1579 0777a23〕 |
| 變易法 | 「是變易法」 | 〔T02 0006b10〕 | 「謂由敗壞、變易、別離、相應、法性相故」〔T30n1579 0774c29〕 |
| 集·滅·道跡 | 「色集不如實知,色滅不如實知,色滅道跡不如實知」 | 〔T02 0006c08〕 | 「若色集、若受等集、若識集。即此三種因緣滅故,三種行滅,是名諸行還滅智。」〔T30n1579 0779a03〕 |
| 遠塵離垢·法眼淨 | 「遠塵離垢,得法眼淨」 | 〔T02 0006b25〕 | 「由見所斷諸煩惱纏得離繫故,名為遠塵。由彼隨眠得離繫故,說名離垢。」〔T30n1579 0778c08〕 |
有漏、無漏、識住、攀緣、封滯諸名,本卷經文未見(經28 唯作「不起諸漏」〔T02 0006a07〕),不於本卷立目。
本卷名相皆漢語;攝事分於此段不出梵形,今不代擬。
七、譬喻·修辭
本卷經文無譬喻。三十二經皆直說法,不設譬。
論之一譬(非經文所有,錄以備考,不與經文相混)——攝事分於染淨段,以囹圄喻縛:
「譬如有人處在囹圄,為種種縛之所繫縛,所謂或木、或索、或鐵。」〔T30n1579 0776a27〕 「當知即譬貪瞋癡縛。」〔T30n1579 0776b10〕
定型句:
| 句 | 逐字(首見) | 錨 | 所在 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 經首 | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤」 | 〔T02 0001a06〕 | 經20 外,三十一經皆以「如是我聞」起 |
| 自證 | 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」 | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | 經1·2·9·11·15·17·30·32 具全式;經15–19·21·22 多作「乃至自知不受後有」 |
| 經尾·佛說 | 「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。」 | 〔T02 0001a15〕 | 經1–14 |
| 經尾·請法比丘 | 「時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。」 | 〔T02 0003b09〕 | 經15·17·18·19;經22 作「時,劫波比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退」 |
| 經尾·問義比丘 | 「時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。」 | 〔T02 0005c07〕 | 經25–29 |
| 經尾·舍利弗說 | 「時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。」 | 〔T02 0006c01〕 | 經30·32;經31 作「歡喜踊躍,作禮已,去」 |
反覆與略說之結構:
- 五蘊反覆——每一法先說「色」,次以「如是受、想、行、識」反覆一遍;底本寫全者皆寫全。其中屢以「識」一字代受想行識四者再說,如經2「如是受、想、行、識當正思惟,觀識無常如實知」〔T02 0001a20〕。
- 四法一例——經1·2·8 說無常之後,以一句攝苦、空、非我:「如觀無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是」〔T02 0001a14〕。
- 乃至——經15–22 之請法語與證果語,第二次以下多以「乃至」略其中段,如「乃至自知不受後有」〔T02 0003a16〕。
- 所問如上——經16 自略其請法段:「所問如上,差別者」〔T02 0003b15〕。
- 全經略說——經20:「染經亦如是說」〔T02 0004b25〕。
問答型:「白佛言」「佛告」為經15–29 之常式;經30–32 為「於汝意云何?」之反問、「答言」之應答,如「輸屢那!於汝意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」〔T02 0006b07〕。
攝頌之體:四首皆在底本作二行;第一、二、四首每行以中間一空分為二句,第三首每行以兩空分為三句。第一、二、四首為五言四句;第三首為四言六句(「使、增諸數」「非我、非彼」「結繫、動搖」「劫波所問」「亦羅睺羅」「所問二經」)。頌只舉經之名目,不述經義,一名或攝一經,或攝數經(「無知等四種」「二種說因緣」「味亦復二種」「所問二經」)。
八、徵引承衍
- 攝事分行擇攝之擇攝——本卷經文為攝事分所擇攝之處,逐字已列於目三、目四;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0773b20〕〔T30n1579 0773c01〕〔T30n1579 0773c19〕〔T30n1579 0773c22〕〔T30n1579 0774b01〕〔T30n1579 0774b15〕〔T30n1579 0774b20〕〔T30n1579 0775a18〕〔T30n1579 0775b01〕〔T30n1579 0775b29〕〔T30n1579 0775c19〕〔T30n1579 0776a18〕〔T30n1579 0776b23〕〔T30n1579 0777b05〕〔T30n1579 0777b22〕〔T30n1579 0777c07〕〔T30n1579 0778a08〕〔T30n1579 0778a15〕〔T30n1579 0778a25〕〔T30n1579 0778b08〕〔T30n1579 0778c02〕〔T30n1579 0778c14〕〔T30n1579 0778c27〕〔T30n1579 0779a02〕。
- 攝頌之承衍——攝事分以「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布」〔T30n1579 0772c15〕說攝頌之所由;論自身擇攝諸經,亦各以嗢拕南起段(目一)。
- 今指月所譯諸經論中,未見徵引本卷經文者——以「當觀色無常」「喜貪盡」「無常即苦」「隨使使」「見法涅槃」「三蜜離提」「輸屢那」諸語遍檢,除本卷各層之外,他經論無一見之;「法次法向」「我勝、我等、我劣」二語見於《瑜伽師地論》他處單元,係彼論自文,非引本卷之經。誠實記之。
九、校本定位
大正藏校記於本卷共五十四條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【磧乙-CB】【北藏-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;並錄不判):
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | 0001a18 | 觀色 | 【大】色;【宋】【元】【明】觀色 |
| 02 | 0001a19 | 色 | 【宋】無 |
| 03 | 0001a19 | 知 | 【宋】無 |
| 04 | 0001c16 | 於 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 05 | 0001c25 | 欲 | 【元】【明】欣 |
| 06 | 0002a06 | 者 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 07 | 0002a07 | 實 | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 |
| 08 | 0002a15 | 實 | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 |
| 09 | 0002a16 | 者 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 10 | 0002a17 | 實 | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 |
| 11 | 0002b11 | 實 | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 |
| 12 | 0002c13 | 則 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 13 | 0002c15 | 味 | 【宋】無 |
| 14 | 0002c18 | 患 | 【宋】無 |
| 15 | 0002c20 | 離 | 【大】【磧乙-CB】無 |
| 16 | 0002c29 | (無) | 【大】人;【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 17 | 0002c29 | 以 | 【元】【明】已 |
| 18 | 0003a01 | 以 | 【元】【明】已 |
| 19 | 0003a01 | 以 | 【元】【明】已 |
| 20 | 0003a07 | 爾 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 21 | 0003a19 | 使 | 【大】無 |
| 22 | 0003b17 | 增 | 【宋】增不增 |
| 23 | 0003b29 | 座 | 【大】坐 |
| 24 | 0003c29 | (無) | 【大】[*] |
| 25 | 0003c29 | 座 | 【大】坐 |
| 26 | 0004a19 | (無) | 【大】云何 |
| 27 | 0004a29 | (無) | 【大】[*] |
| 28 | 0004a29 | 座 | 【大】坐 |
| 29 | 0004b25 | 染 | 【大】【磧乙-CB】深 |
| 30 | 0004b27 | (無) | 【大】[*] |
| 31 | 0004b27 | 座 | 【大】坐 |
| 32 | 0004c12 | 則 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 33 | 0004c17 | 時 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 34 | 0005a17 | 相 | 【元】【明】相能 |
| 35 | 0005b05 | 伽 | 【宋】【元】【明】迦 |
| 36 | 0005c04 | 聽 | 【宋】【元】【明】聽諦聽 |
| 37 | 0005c26 | 是 | 【宋】【元】【明】是於 |
| 38 | 0006a08 | 於識 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 39 | 0006a11 | 去 | 【明】退 |
| 40 | 0006a13 | 蜜 | 【宋】【元】【明】密 |
| 41 | 0006a19 | 於識 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 42 | 0006a23 | 蜜 | 【宋】【元】【明】密 |
| 43 | 0006b04 | 變易 | 【大】【磧乙-CB】無 |
| 44 | 0006b05 | (無) | 【大】【磧乙-CB】變易 |
| 45 | 0006b09 | 苦耶 | 【元】若苦 |
| 46 | 0006b09 | 苦 | 【元】若 |
| 47 | 0006b10 | 苦 | 【元】若 |
| 48 | 0006b13 | (無) | 【大】[*] |
| 49 | 0006b13 | 苦 | 【元】若 |
| 50 | 0006b14 | 苦 | 【元】若 |
| 51 | 0006b27 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 52 | 0006c03 | 而 | 【宋】【元】【明】已 |
| 53 | 0006c23 | 言 | 【宋】【元】【明】曰 |
| 54 | 0007a24 | 越 | 【宋】【元】【明】越於 |
可記者四事(並錄不判):
- 經20 之「染」(#29)——今行作「染」,大正藏底本與【磧乙-CB】作「深」(0004b25;今行從【CB】作「染」,【大】【磧乙-CB】作「深」)。經題所指,隨此一字而異;不據以定經20 之所略。
- 經18 之「云何」(#26)——大正藏底本有「云何」二字,今行刪之,校者自記其據(0004a19·CBETA 按):『本校見同語境五處作陳述句』,所指即「於我略說法中,廣解其義」〔T02 0003b02〕。
- 經23「迦蘭陀」與經24「伽蘭陀」(#35)——經23 作「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0005a11〕,經24 作「佛住王舍城伽蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0005b05〕;經24 之「伽」,三本作「迦」(0005b05;【大】作「伽」,【宋】【元】【明】作「迦」)。底本二字各異,並錄,不正其一。
- 經30「變易」之位(#43·#44)——大正藏底本「變易」在 0006b05 行,今行移至 0006b04 行(0006b04 校記:【CB】有「變易」,【大】【磧乙-CB】無;0006b05 校記反之)。
gaiji:本卷無。 夾註:本卷無。 攝頌之行式:四首攝頌在底本皆二行,第一、二、四首每行二句以中間一空相隔,第三首每行三句以兩空相隔;今錄文併每行諸句為一行,字不增減。
十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文
①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同序者為據;同詞而序異、或但義近者,不列為本母。
| 經 | 本母(逐字) | 錨 | 同詞 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「於喜貪纏速能滅盡,心清淨住」 | 〔T30n1579 0773c01〕 | 喜貪 |
| 2 | 「謂得如是正見已,復起所餘正思惟等」〔T30n1579 0773c19〕;「隨所生起欲貪煩惱,即能除遣、制伏、斷捨」〔T30n1579 0773c29〕 | — | 正思惟;欲貪 |
| 3 | 「乃永離欲,心得解脫」 | 〔T30n1579 0774a03〕 | 離欲 |
| 4 | 「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖」 | 〔T30n1579 0774b01〕 | 死怖 |
| 5 | 「於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫」 | 〔T30n1579 0774b15〕 | 不得解脫 |
| 6 | 「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖」 | 〔T30n1579 0774b01〕 | 死怖 |
| 7 | 「於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫」 | 〔T30n1579 0774b15〕 | 不得解脫 |
| 8 | 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」 | 〔T30n1579 0774b20〕 | 過去、未來……無常……現在 |
| 9 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕;「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 | — | 無常……苦;厭……解脫 |
| 10 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」〔T30n1579 0775b01〕;「生等諸苦雜染亦普解脫,是名遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0775b14〕 | — | 無常……苦;解脫 |
| 11 | 「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我」 | 〔T30n1579 0774a06〕 | 無常……苦 |
| 12 | 「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我」 | 〔T30n1579 0774a06〕 | 無常……苦 |
| 13 | 「謂若魔、若梵世間」 | 〔T30n1579 0776a18〕 | 若魔、若梵 |
| 14 | 「謂若魔、若梵世間」 | 〔T30n1579 0776a18〕 | 若魔、若梵 |
| 15 | 「依不放逸防守其心」 | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 |
| 16 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 17 | 「依不放逸防守其心」 | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 |
| 18 | 「依不放逸防守其心」 | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 |
| 19 | 「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事」 | 〔T30n1579 0777b05〕 | 結所繫 |
| 20 | 本經未見本母直釋(經文唯一句) | — | — |
| 21 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 22 | 「由三種相,當知心善解脫」 | 〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 | 心善解脫 |
| 23 | 「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故」〔T30n1579 0775a11〕;「又有識身及外事等」〔T30n1579 0777c07〕;「名已作苦邊」〔T30n1579 0778a10〕 | — | 我、我所……我慢;識身;苦邊 |
| 24 | 「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故」〔T30n1579 0775a11〕;「又有識身及外事等」〔T30n1579 0777c07〕;「名已作苦邊」〔T30n1579 0778a10〕 | — | 我、我所……我慢;識身;苦邊 |
| 25 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 26 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 27 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 28 | 「又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿」 | 〔T30n1579 0778a29〕 | 涅槃 |
| 29 | 「又說法師略有二種」 | 〔T30n1579 0778b08〕 | 說法師 |
| 30 | 「如謂己勝,謂等、謂劣」〔T30n1579 0778c04〕;「遠塵離垢,於諸法中得法眼時」〔T30n1579 0778c14〕;「說名見法」〔T30n1579 0778c16〕;「說名得法」〔T30n1579 0778c17〕 | — | 勝·等·劣;遠塵離垢·法眼;見法;得法 |
| 31 | 「若色集、若受等集、若識集」 | 〔T30n1579 0779a03〕 | 色集 |
| 32 | 「有九種智,能於諸行遍知、超越」〔T30n1579 0778c27〕;「謂於愛味、過患、出離」〔T30n1579 0779a05〕 | — | 超越;味……患……離 |
②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「S. 22. 12-14. Anicca, etc.」 | 0001a06 |
| 2 | 「S. 22. 15-17. Yad aniccam, etc.」 | 0001a16 |
| 3 | 「S. 22. 24. Parijāna; S. 35. 27. Parijāna.」 | 0001a28 |
| 4 | 大正未對 | — |
| 5 | 「S. 22. 29. Abhinandana & S. 22. 24. Parijāna」 | 0001b16 |
| 6 | 大正未對 | — |
| 7 | 「S. 22. 29. Abhinandana.」 | 0001c11 |
| 8 | 「S. 22. 9-11. Atītānāgata-paccupanna.」 | 0001c22 |
| 9 | 「S. 22, 15-17; 35. 182. Yad aniccaṃ.」 | 0002a02 |
| 10 | 「S. 22, 15-17; 35. 182. Yad aniccaṃ.」 | 0002a12 |
| 11 | 「S. 22. 18-19. Hetu.」 | 0002a21 |
| 12 | 「S. 22. 18-19. Hetu.」 | 0002b04 |
| 13 | 「S. 22. 28. Assāda.」 | 0002b15 |
| 14 | 「S. 22. 27. Assāda.」 | 0002c11 |
| 15 | 「cf. S. 22. 63-5.」 | 0003a06 |
| 16 | 「S. 22. 35-36. Bhikkhu.」 | 0003b14 |
| 17 | 「S. 22. 69. Anattā.-69. Anattaniya.」(今行改作「S. 22. 68. Anattā.-69. Anattaniya.」) | 0003b28 |
| 18 | 「S. 22. 68-69.」 | 0003c28 |
| 19 | 「S. 22. 70. Rajanīyasaṇṭhita.」 | 0004a28 |
| 20 | 大正未對 | — |
| 21 | 「S. 22. 63. Upādiyamāna.」(今行改作「S. 22. 64. Maññamāna.」) | 0004b26 |
| 22 | 「S. 22. 124-125. Kappa.」 | 0004c20 |
| 23 | 「S. 22. 91-92. Rāhula.」 | 0005a11 |
| 24 | 「S. 22. 91-92. Rāhula.」 | 0005b05 |
| 25 | 大正未對 | — |
| 26 | 「S. 22. 115-116. Kathika.」 | 0005c09 |
| 27 | 「S. 22. 40-42. Anudhamma.」 | 0005c20 |
| 28 | 「S. 22. 116. Kathika.」 | 0005c29 |
| 29 | 「cf. S. 22. 115. Kathika.」 | 0006a12 |
| 30 | 「S. 22. 49-50. Soṇa.」 | 0006a24 |
| 31 | 「S. 22. 49-50. Soṇa」 | 0006c04 |
| 32 | 大正未對 | — |
大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「劫波 Kappa.」(0004c21);「羅𬑟羅 Rāhula.」(0005a12);「法次法向 Dhammānudhammapaṭipanna.」(0005c22);「說法師 Dhammakathika.」(0006a15);「王舍城迦蘭陀園 Rājagaha Veḷuvana Kalandakanivāpa.」(0006a24);「輸屢那 Soṇa.」(0006a26);「我勝我等我劣 Seyyo ham asmīti Sadiso hamasmīti Hīno hamasmīti.」(0006a29)。
③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 1 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第一」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 1”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; thirty-two discourses (discourse numbers (1) to (32)), with four summary verses among them; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第一」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 1.” The whole fascicle comes to eight thousand six hundred and twenty-seven Chinese characters. There are two dwelling places: Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 1–22 and 25–29), and the Bamboo Grove at Rājagṛha (Discourses 23, 24, and 30–32). There are two speakers: the World-Honored One (Discourses 1–29) and the venerable Śāriputra (Discourses 30–32). Discourse 20 is the single sentence 「染經亦如是說」—“The Discourse on Staining is also taught in this way.” The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the mirror against which it is set is the selection on formations in the Topics of the Sūtras of the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (from fascicle eighty-five on)—the treatise says of itself that it is the mātṛkā of the sūtras, and it selects and gathers the sūtras in the order of its uddānas. The Taishō collation notes come to fifty-four, given in the ninth topic; the Pali discourse coordinates recorded in the Taishō notes come to twenty-seven, given in the tenth topic.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 1—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
「雜阿含經卷第一」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 1”〔T02 0001a03〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0001a05〕
The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第一」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 1”〔T02 0007b16〕.
Where the name of the section comes from—the fascicle itself carries no section title. The Compendium of Topics explains the 「雜阿笈摩」—“Saṃyukta Āgama” and names the connected discourses it gathers:
「雜阿笈摩者,謂於是中,世尊觀待彼彼所化,宣說如來及諸弟子所說相應,蘊、界、處相應,緣起、食、諦相應,念住、正斷、神足、根、力、覺支、道支、入出息念、學、證淨等相應。」—“The Saṃyukta Āgama: in it the World-Honored One, attending to each of those he was to teach, proclaimed the connected discourses spoken by the Tathāgata and his disciples; the connected discourses on the aggregates, the elements, and the sense-bases; the connected discourses on dependent arising, food, and the truths; and the connected discourses on the foundations of mindfulness, the right efforts, the bases of supernormal power, the faculties, the powers, the factors of awakening, the factors of the path, mindfulness of breathing in and out, training, purity of faith, and the like.”〔T30n1579 0772c11〕
It further sums up all the connected discourses by three aspects:
「當知如是一切相應,略由三相。何等為三?一、是能說,二、是所說,三、是所為說。」—“It should be known that all such connected discourses are, in brief, by way of three aspects. What are the three? First, the one who speaks; second, what is spoken; third, those for whom it is spoken.”〔T30n1579 0772c16〕 「若如來、若如來弟子,是能說。如弟子所說,佛所說分。若所了知、若能了知,是所說。如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分。若諸苾芻、天魔等眾,是所為說。如結集品。」—“Whether the Tathāgata or the Tathāgata’s disciples—this is the one who speaks, as in the sections of what the disciples spoke and what the Buddha spoke. Whether what is known or what knows—this is what is spoken, as in the connected sections on the five aggregates of clinging, the six sense-bases, and causes and conditions, and the section on the factors of the path. Whether the bhikṣus or the assemblies of gods, Māras, and the like—these are those for whom it is spoken, as in the Chapter of the Compilation.”〔T30n1579 0772c18〕
The name the five aggregates of clinging is taken from what the treatise gives under the single aspect of 「所說」—“what is spoken”: 「如五取蘊、六處、因緣相應分及道品分」—“as in the connected sections on the five aggregates of clinging, the six sense-bases, and causes and conditions, and the section on the factors of the path”〔T30n1579 0772c20〕. The discourses of this fascicle themselves call these five 「五受陰」—“the five aggregates of clinging”〔T02 0002c01〕.
The two who speak—the Buddha’s speaking and a disciple’s speaking. By the passage cited above, 「若如來、若如來弟子,是能說」—“whether the Tathāgata or the Tathāgata’s disciples—this is the one who speaks,” the thirty-two discourses of this fascicle have two types of speaker: Discourses 1–29 are spoken by the World-Honored One; Discourses 30–32 are spoken by the venerable Śāriputra, the discourses themselves closing with 「時,舍利弗說是經已」—“at that time, when Śāriputra had spoken this discourse”〔T02 0006b24〕, 「時,輸屢那聞舍利弗所說」—“then Śroṇa, having heard what Śāriputra said”〔T02 0007a08〕, and 「時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說」—“then Śroṇa, the son of a householder, having heard what Śāriputra said”〔T02 0007b14〕. In these three discourses the Buddha does not appear in person to teach; only the opening of each, 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0006a24〕, marks where the Buddha was staying at the time.
The dwelling places and question-and-answer types of the thirty-two discourses (the dwelling places are all verbatim from the base text; the types follow the discourses’ own 「白佛」—“said to the Buddha,” 「告」—“said to,” 「問」—“asked,” and 「答」—“answered”):
| Discourse | Anchor | Dwelling place (verbatim) | Type |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1–14 | from 〔T02 0001a06〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (in Discourses 13 and 14 the World-Honored One himself tells of his realization of 「阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」—“anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi”) |
| 15 | 〔T02 0003a06〕 | As above | 「有異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu” asks for a brief teaching → the World-Honored One teaches briefly → the World-Honored One asks 「汝云何於我略說法中,廣解其義?」—“How do you understand in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly?” → the bhikṣu explains in full → the World-Honored One approves and restates it |
| 16 | 〔T02 0003b14〕 | As above | Same type as Discourse 15; the discourse abbreviates itself: 「所問如上,差別者」—“what he asked was as above; the difference is” |
| 17–19 | from 〔T02 0003b28〕 | As above | Same type as Discourse 15 |
| 20 | 〔T02 0004b25〕 | (the discourse has no dwelling-place sentence) | Abbreviated: 「染經亦如是說」—“The Discourse on Staining is also taught in this way” |
| 21 | 〔T02 0004b26〕 | As above | Same type as Discourse 15 |
| 22 | 〔T02 0004c20〕 | As above | 「有比丘名劫波」—“a bhikṣu named Kalpa” asks → the World-Honored One answers |
| 23 | 〔T02 0005a11〕 | 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove” | 「尊者羅睺羅」—“the venerable Rāhula” asks → the Buddha answers |
| 24 | 〔T02 0005b05〕 | 「佛住王舍城伽蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove” | The World-Honored One first asks Rāhula: 「爾時,世尊告羅睺羅」—“at that time the World-Honored One said to Rāhula” → Rāhula asks the Buddha to explain → the Buddha answers |
| 25–28 | from 〔T02 0005b28〕 | 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | 「有異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu” asks → the Buddha answers |
| 29 | 〔T02 0006a12〕 | As above | 「有異比丘名三蜜離提」—“a certain bhikṣu named Sanmiliti” asks → the Buddha answers |
| 30 | 〔T02 0006a24〕 | 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove” (Śāriputra 「在耆闍崛山中」—“was on Vulture Peak”) | Śroṇa, the son of a householder, asks → Śāriputra answers by questioning him in return |
| 31 | 〔T02 0006c04〕 | As above (Śāriputra 「在耆闍崛山」—“was on Vulture Peak”) | Śāriputra opens the teaching himself: 「時,舍利弗謂」—“at that time Śāriputra said to him” → Śāriputra asks, Śroṇa answers |
| 32 | 〔T02 0007a10〕 | As above | Śāriputra opens the teaching himself: 「時,舍利弗告輸屢那」—“at that time Śāriputra said to Śroṇa” → Śāriputra asks, Śroṇa answers |
In Discourses 15–21, the one who explains in full is the bhikṣu who asked for the teaching; the World-Honored One approves with 「善哉!善哉!」—“Good! Good!” and restates the passage with 「所以者何?」—“Why is that?”—as in Discourse 15, where the bhikṣu first explains in full: 「世尊!色隨使使、色隨使死」—“World-Honored One! Form is driven by the fetters, form dies by the fetters”〔T02 0003a23〕; the World-Honored One then approves: 「善哉!善哉!比丘!於我略說法中,廣解其義。」—“Good! Good! Bhikṣu! You have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly.”〔T02 0003b01〕
The abbreviation of Discourse 20—the whole discourse is only 「染經亦如是說」—“The Discourse on Staining is also taught in this way”〔T02 0004b25〕. The preceding discourse in the base text (Discourse 19) takes 「結所繫法」—“a thing bound by the bonds” as its theme; what the abbreviation of Discourse 20 points to is presumably a teaching given in the question-and-answer pattern of the preceding discourse, with the thing taught exchanged—this is a reading; the discourse does not itself say which word is exchanged. The Taishō base text reads this character as 「深」—“deep”; see the ninth topic.
The four summary verses—the four summary verses of this fascicle each stand after the discourses they gather:
| Summary verse | Anchor | Verbatim | Gathers |
|---|---|---|---|
| One | 〔T02 0001c20〕 | 「無常及苦、空非我、正思惟」—“Impermanence, and suffering, emptiness; not self, right reflection” 「無知等四種及於色喜樂」—“not knowing and the rest, four kinds; and delight in form” | Discourses 1–7 |
| Two | 〔T02 0003a04〕 | 「過去四種說厭離及解脫」—“The past: four kinds of teaching; weariness and liberation” 「二種說因緣味亦復二種」—“two teach causes and conditions; gratification, again, two kinds” | Discourses 8–14 |
| Three | 〔T02 0005b26〕 | 「使、增諸數非我、非彼結繫、動搖」—“The fetters, adding to the reckonings; not self, not another’s; bound by the bonds, wavering” 「劫波所問亦羅睺羅所問二經」—“what Kalpa asked; and also the two discourses Rāhula asked” | Discourses 15–24 |
| Four | 〔T02 0006a22〕 | 「多聞、善說法向法及涅槃」—“The learned, teaching the Dharma well; toward the Dharma, and nirvāṇa” 「三蜜離提問云何說法師」—“Sanmiliti asks what a teacher who expounds the Dharma is” | Discourses 25–29 |
Where the summary verses come from, the Compendium of Topics states plainly that they were set by the compilers:
「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布。」—“The later compilers, so that the holy teaching might long endure, composed uddāna verses and set them in order as was fitting.”〔T30n1579 0772c15〕
After Discourses 30–32 this fascicle has no summary verse. The names in the third summary verse—the fetters (Discourse 15) · adding to the reckonings (Discourse 16) · not self (Discourse 17) · not another’s (Discourse 18) · bound by the bonds (Discourse 19) · wavering (Discourse 21) · what Kalpa asked (Discourse 22) · the two discourses Rāhula asked (Discourses 23–24)—do not give Discourse 20 a name of its own. Which discourses each name gathers is in every case a reading, raised in single corner brackets as a pointer, not set in double corner brackets as a quotation.
The Compendium of Topics’ own uddānas—in the passages where the treatise selects and gathers the discourses of this fascicle, it sets up three uddānas of its own (recorded verbatim; they are not used to change the order of this fascicle, nor to set up an outline for it):
「界、說、前行、觀察、果、愚相、無常等定、界、二種漸次、應當知非斷非常、及染淨。」—“Elements, teaching, preliminaries, examination, fruit, marks of the foolish, the certainties of impermanence and the rest, elements, the two sequences; it should be known: neither annihilation nor permanence; and defilement and purity.”〔T30n1579 0773a16〕 「略教、教果、終、墮數、三遍智斷、縛、解脫、見慢雜染、淨說句、遠離四具、三圓滿。」—“Brief instruction, the fruit of instruction, the end, falling into the reckonings, the three full knowledges and abandonments, bondage, liberation, the defilement of views and conceit, the phrases of the pure declaration, the four requisites of seclusion, the three fulfillments.”〔T30n1579 0776b21〕 「想行、愚相、眼、勝利、九智、無癡、與勝進、我見差別、三相行、法總等品三後廣。」—“Perception of formations, marks of the foolish, the eye, the benefits, the nine knowledges, non-delusion, and further progress, the distinctions of the view of self, practice in three aspects, the Dharma in summary and the rest—the last three chapters at length.”〔T30n1579 0778b21〕
The correspondence between the items of the treatise’s uddānas and the discourses of this fascicle rests only on places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words in the same order; discourse by discourse, see part ① of the tenth topic. Beyond that, no correspondence is drawn.
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the thirty-two discourses of this fascicle, no corresponding discourse is found in the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100)—of the one hundred and thirty-seven Taishō notes on this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the alternate translation; and of the notes on the whole of the alternate translation, not one points back to a discourse number of this fascicle. This is recorded honestly; no correspondence is proposed in its place.
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The Saṃyukta Āgama is the teaching of the Buddha and his disciples; what it rests on is the sūtra itself. The treatise, toward the sūtra, selects and gathers; it is not what the sūtra rests on. Listed below are sentences of the mātṛkā in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words in the same order with the discourses of this fascicle—all in the treatise’s own words, set side by side to show what it selects and gathers, not to say that the sūtra rests on the treatise.
Past and future are still impermanent—how much more the present (Discourse 8)
- Sūtra: 「過去、未來色無常,況現在色!」—“Past and future form is impermanent—how much more so present form!”〔T02 0001c23〕
- Treatise: 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在。」—“It should be known that past and future formations are still certainly impermanent—how much more the present.”〔T30n1579 0774b20〕; it concludes, 「當知去來諸行無常性尚決定,何況現在。」—“It should be known that the impermanence of past and future formations is still certain—how much more the present.”〔T30n1579 0774c03〕
Because impermanent, suffering; because suffering, not self (Discourses 9–12)
- Sūtra: 「色無常,無常即苦,苦即非我,非我者亦非我所。」—“Form is impermanent; what is impermanent is suffering; what is suffering is not self; what is not self is also not mine.”〔T02 0002a03〕
- Treatise: 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次。」—“Contemplating thus that because impermanent it is suffering, and because suffering it is without self—this is called the sequence of knowledge.”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕; and 「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我。」—“Fully knowing that the substance of formations is impermanent; because impermanent, suffering; because suffering, empty and without self.”〔T30n1579 0774a06〕
Whether Māra or Brahmā (Discourses 13 and 14)
- Sūtra: 「我於諸天、若魔、若梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中」—“among the gods, whether Māra or Brahmā, ascetics, brahmins, and the assemblies of gods and humans”〔T02 0002c03〕
- Treatise: 「謂若魔、若梵世間。」—“That is, the world of Māra or of Brahmā.”〔T30n1579 0776a18〕; and 「謂若天世間,若沙門、婆羅門,若諸天人。」—“That is, the world of the gods, ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans.”〔T30n1579 0776a16〕
Bound by the bonds (Discourse 19)
- Sūtra: 「比丘!結所繫法宜速除斷」—“Bhikṣu! A thing bound by the bonds should be quickly removed and cut off”〔T02 0004b09〕
- Treatise: 「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事」—“First, apart from the bond of craving, the things with outflows bound by the other bonds”〔T30n1579 0777b05〕
The mind well liberated (Discourse 22)
- Sūtra: 「世尊!云何比丘心得善解脫?」—“World-Honored One! How is a bhikṣu’s mind well liberated?”〔T02 0004c23〕; 「如來說名心善解脫」—“the Tathāgata says, is called one whose mind is well liberated”〔T02 0005a05〕
- Treatise: 「復次,由三種相,當知心善解脫。」—“Further, by three aspects it should be known that the mind is well liberated.”〔T30n1579 0777b22〕
Self, mine, conceit of self (Discourses 23 and 24)
- Sūtra: 「能令無有我、我所見、我慢使繫著?」—“so that there may be no binding and attachment of the view of self and of mine, and the fetter of conceit?”〔T02 0005a14〕
- Treatise: 「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故,說名為空。」—“Because self, mine, conceit of self, attachment, and the latent tendencies are all left far behind, it is called empty.”〔T30n1579 0775a11〕
Teacher who expounds the Dharma (Discourse 29)
- Sūtra: 「如世尊說說法師。云何名為說法師?」—“As the World-Honored One speaks of a teacher who expounds the Dharma—how is one called a teacher who expounds the Dharma?”〔T02 0006a14〕
- Treatise: 「又說法師略有二種,一者、由教,二者、由證。」—“Further, teachers who expound the Dharma are in brief of two kinds: first, by teaching; second, by realization.”〔T30n1579 0778b08〕
Far removed from dust and free of defilement; the Dharma-eye (Discourse 30)
- Sūtra: 「長者子輸屢那遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。」—“Śroṇa, the son of a householder, was far removed from dust and free of defilement, and gained the pure Dharma-eye.”〔T02 0006b25〕
- Treatise: 「遠塵離垢,於諸法中得法眼時,當知即得十種勝利。」—“When, far removed from dust and free of defilement, one gains the Dharma-eye regarding all dharmas, it should be known that one gains ten kinds of benefit.”〔T30n1579 0778c14〕
Transcending (Discourse 32)
- Sūtra: 「此沙門、婆羅門不堪能超越識。」—“such ascetics and brahmins are not capable of transcending consciousness.”〔T02 0007a20〕
- Treatise: 「有九種智,能於諸行遍知、超越。」—“There are nine kinds of knowledge by which one can fully know and transcend formations.”〔T30n1579 0778c27〕
The treatise speaks of the five aggregates collectively as 「諸行」—“formations,” whereas the sūtra names each one, 「色」—“form” and 「受、想、行、識」—“feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness”; where the two differ in wording, they are not forced to be the same.
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The selection on formations in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, are listed its passages that share words with the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.
1. Teaching — the three factors of the well-proclaimed Dharma and Vinaya not shared by others (shares with Discourse 1 the words 「喜貪」—“delight and craving” and the 「心善解脫」—“the mind well liberated,” whose 「解脫」 is “liberated”)
「謂於諸行中,依如所有性及盡所有性,修無常想;依無常,修苦想;依苦,修空、無我想」—“That is, regarding formations, in reliance on their nature as they are and their full extent, one cultivates the perception of impermanence; in reliance on impermanence, one cultivates the perception of suffering; in reliance on suffering, one cultivates the perceptions of emptiness and of no self”〔T30n1579 0773b20〕 「彼由如是若住、若行,於喜貪纏速能滅盡,心清淨住。」—“By so abiding and so practicing, one can swiftly extinguish the entanglement of delight and craving, and the mind abides in purity.”〔T30n1579 0773b29〕 「獲得真實究竟解脫,當知即是心善解脫。」—“Gaining true and ultimate liberation—it should be known that this is the mind well liberated.”〔T30n1579 0773c03〕
2. Preliminaries — the preliminary of view, and the preliminaries of the path and its fruit (shares with Discourse 2 the words 「正思惟」—“right reflection”)
「謂得如是正見已,復起所餘正思惟等,或同時生、或後時生道前行法,為斷所餘諸煩惱故。」—“That is, having gained such right view, one further gives rise to the remaining preliminaries of the path—right reflection and the rest—arising either at the same time or later, in order to cut off the remaining afflictions.”〔T30n1579 0773c19〕
3. Examination — the eight matters (shares with Discourse 2 the words 「欲貪」—“desire and craving” and 「斷」—“cut off”; shares with Discourses 13 and 14 the 「愛味」—“gratification,” whose 「味」 is “gratification”)
「應觀察八事。謂於諸行中愛味、過患、出離觀察,及聞、思、思擇力、見道、修道觀察。」—“Eight matters should be examined: namely, the examination of gratification, danger, and escape regarding formations, and the examination by hearing, by reflection, by the power of discernment, by the path of seeing, and by the path of cultivation.”〔T30n1579 0773c22〕 「於所愛味一切行中,隨所生起欲貪煩惱,即能除遣、制伏、斷捨。於此欲貪不現行故,說名為斷,非永離欲故名為斷。」—“Among all the formations that are a gratification, whatever affliction of desire and craving arises, one is able to remove, subdue, and cut it off and abandon it. Because this desire and craving does not become active, it is called cut off; it is not called cut off because one is forever free from desire.”〔T30n1579 0773c29〕 「如是由前二種,漸離欲貪;由修道力,心得解脫。」—“Thus by the former two one gradually becomes free from desire and craving; by the power of the path of cultivation, the mind is liberated.”〔T30n1579 0774a17〕
4. Fruit — the fruit of the cutting off of afflictions and the fruit of the cessation of suffering (shares with Discourses 4 and 6 the words 「死怖」—“fear of death”)
「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖。為斷彼故,而能發起猛利樂欲,乃至正念及無放逸,勤修觀行。」—“Their mind still has, as ordinary beings do, the fear of birth, old age, and death in the time to come. To cut that off, they are able to give rise to keen aspiration, up to right mindfulness and heedfulness, and diligently cultivate the practice of contemplation.”〔T30n1579 0774b01〕
5. Marks of the foolish — the marks of two kinds of foolish people (shares with Discourses 5 and 7 the words 「不得解脫」—“cannot be liberated”)
「由是因緣,於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫。」—“For this reason, they cannot be liberated from the suffering of birth into existence, nor from the various kinds of suffering—old age, sickness, death, and the rest—that have birth as their root.”〔T30n1579 0774b15〕
6. The certainties of impermanence and the rest — the four certainties (shares words with Discourse 8; see the third topic)
「於諸行中有四決定。一、無常決定,二、苦決定,三、空決定,四、無我決定。」—“Regarding formations there are four certainties: first, the certainty of impermanence; second, the certainty of suffering; third, the certainty of emptiness; fourth, the certainty of no self.”〔T30n1579 0774b18〕
7. Elements — the elements of the five classes of disjunction (shares with Discourse 8 the words 「厭」—“weariness,” 「離欲」—“freedom from desire,” and 「滅」—“cessation”)
「名於諸行修厭。」—“This is called cultivating weariness regarding formations.”〔T30n1579 0775a18〕「名於諸行修離欲。」—“This is called cultivating freedom from desire regarding formations.”〔T30n1579 0775a19〕「名於諸行修滅。」—“This is called cultivating cessation regarding formations.”〔T30n1579 0775a21〕
8. The two sequences — the sequence of knowledge and the sequence of the fruit of knowledge (shares words with Discourses 9–12, see the third topic; shares with Discourses 9 and 11 the words 「厭」—“weariness” and 「解脫」—“liberation”; shares with Discourses 10 and 12 the word 「解脫」—“liberation”)
「云何智果漸次?謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫。」—“What is the sequence of the fruit of knowledge? Namely, weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, and complete liberation.”〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 「謂由如是煩惱雜染解脫故,生等諸苦雜染亦普解脫,是名遍解脫。」—“That is, because one is thus liberated from the defilement of the afflictions, one is also liberated throughout from the defilement of birth and the other sufferings; this is called complete liberation.”〔T30n1579 0775b14〕
9. Neither annihilation nor permanence (shares with Discourses 11 and 12 the words 「因」—“cause,” 「緣」—“condition,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” and 「常」—“permanent,” though in a different order)
「復次,由三種相,應知諸行非斷、非常。」—“Further, by three aspects it should be known that formations are neither annihilated nor permanent.”〔T30n1579 0775b29〕 「此中諸行因無常故,生已住因不可得故,當知諸行非常。」—“Here, because the causes of formations are impermanent, and because, once they have arisen, a cause for their abiding cannot be found, it should be known that formations are not permanent.”〔T30n1579 0775c02〕
10. Defilement and purity — three matters, two aspects (shares with Discourses 13 and 14 the words 「若魔、若梵」—“whether Māra or Brahmā”; see the third topic)
「一者、於諸行中觀察雜染因緣,謂觀彼愛味為愛味故。二者、於諸行中觀察清淨因緣,謂觀彼過患為過患故。三者、於諸行中觀察清淨,謂觀彼出離為出離故。」—“First, regarding formations, one examines the causes and conditions of defilement, that is, one contemplates their gratification as gratification. Second, regarding formations, one examines the causes and conditions of purity, that is, one contemplates their danger as danger. Third, regarding formations, one examines purity, that is, one contemplates their escape as escape.”〔T30n1579 0775c19〕 「此中前三相,顯示因處煩惱解脫;後一相,顯示果處諸苦解脫。」—“Here the first three aspects show liberation from the afflictions at the place of the cause; the last aspect shows liberation from the sufferings at the place of the fruit.”〔T30n1579 0776a25〕
11. Brief instruction (shares with Discourses 15–21 the word 「略」—“brief”; the sūtra says 「略說法要」—“explain the essentials of the Dharma briefly,” the treatise says 「請略教授」—“ask for brief instruction”)
「由三因緣,有諸聲聞往大師所,請略教授。」—“For three reasons, disciples go to where the Great Teacher is and ask for brief instruction.”〔T30n1579 0776b23〕
12. Bondage (shares with Discourse 19 the words 「結所繫」—“bound by the bonds”; see the third topic)
「復次,於生死中而流轉者,有三種縛,由此縛故,心難解脫。」—“Further, for those who flow on in birth and death there are three kinds of bondage; because of this bondage, the mind is hard to liberate.”〔T30n1579 0777b03〕
13. Liberation (shares with Discourse 22 the words 「心善解脫」—“the mind well liberated”; see the third topic)
「謂於諸行遍了知故;於彼相應諸煩惱斷得作證故;煩惱斷已,於一切處離愛住故。」—“That is, because one fully knows formations; because one realizes the cutting off of the afflictions associated with them; and because, the afflictions having been cut off, one abides everywhere free of craving.”〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 「由十一行,於諸行中能遍了知盡所有性。謂過去、未來等,如前廣說。」—“By eleven modes one can fully know the full extent of formations: namely, past, future, and the rest, as explained at length before.”〔T30n1579 0777b26〕
14. The defilement of views and conceit (shares with Discourses 23 and 24 the words 「識身」—“body with its consciousness” and 「我慢」—“conceit of self”)
「何等為五?一者、計我,二者、計我所,三者、我慢,四者、執著,五者、隨眠。」—“What are the five? First, reckoning a self; second, reckoning what is mine; third, conceit of self; fourth, attachment; fifth, the latent tendencies.”〔T30n1579 0777c02〕 「又有識身及外事等,當知是彼五種因相。」—“Further, the body with its consciousness, outer things, and the like—it should be known that these are the causal marks of those five.”〔T30n1579 0777c07〕
15. The phrases of the pure declaration (shares with Discourses 23 and 24 the words 「苦邊」—“end of suffering”)
「無學有二清淨說句。謂止慢現觀故,及一切苦本貪愛隨眠永拔除故,名已作苦邊。」—“The one beyond training has two phrases of pure declaration: because of the direct realization that stops conceit, and because the latent tendency of craving, the root of all suffering, has been uprooted forever, one is called one who has made an end of suffering.”〔T30n1579 0778a08〕
16. The four requisites of seclusion (shares with Discourses 15–22 the word 「不放逸」—“heedfulness”)
「依不放逸防守其心。」—“Relying on heedfulness, one guards one’s mind.”〔T30n1579 0778a15〕
17. The three fulfillments (shares with Discourse 28 the word 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa”; shares with Discourse 29 the words 「說法師」—“teacher who expounds the Dharma”)
「行圓滿者,謂為觸證斷、無欲、滅界故,聽聞正法、為他演說、自正修行法隨法行,是名行圓滿。」—“The fulfillment of practice: for the sake of touching and realizing the element of abandonment, the element of desirelessness, and the element of cessation, one hears the true Dharma, expounds it for others, and oneself rightly practices the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma; this is called the fulfillment of practice.”〔T30n1579 0778a25〕 「果圓滿者,謂即由此法隨法行增上力故,心善解脫。又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿。」—“The fulfillment of the fruit: by the dominant power of this very practice of the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma, the mind is well liberated; and one can realize nirvāṇa in this present life; this is called the fulfillment of the fruit.”〔T30n1579 0778a28〕 「又說法師略有二種,一者、由教,二者、由證。」—“Further, teachers who expound the Dharma are in brief of two kinds: first, by teaching; second, by realization.”〔T30n1579 0778b08〕
18. Marks of the foolish (fascicle eighty-six) (shares with Discourse 30 the words 「勝」—“superior,” 「等」—“equal,” and 「劣」—“inferior”)
「於非真實勝劣性中,分別勝劣,稱量自他,謂己為勝。是名第一愚夫之相。如謂己勝,謂等、謂劣,廣說亦爾。」—“Within a superiority and inferiority that are not real, one discriminates superior and inferior, weighs oneself against others, and thinks oneself superior. This is called the first mark of the foolish. As with thinking oneself superior, so too with thinking oneself equal or inferior, explained at length.”〔T30n1579 0778c02〕
19. The eye · the benefits (shares with Discourse 30 the words 「遠塵」—“far removed from dust,” 「離垢」—“free of defilement,” 「法眼」—“Dharma-eye,” 「見法」—“saw the Dharma,” and 「得法」—“attained the Dharma”)
「謂由遠塵及離垢故。」—“That is, because of being far removed from dust and free of defilement.”〔T30n1579 0778c07〕 「一者、於四聖諦已善見故,說名見法。二者、隨獲一種沙門果故,說名得法。」—“First, because one has seen the four noble truths well, one is said to have seen the Dharma. Second, because one has gained one or another of the fruits of the ascetic life, one is said to have attained the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0778c15〕 「九者、記別一切所證解脫,都無所畏。」—“Ninth, in declaring all the liberation one has realized, one has no fear at all.”〔T30n1579 0778c24〕
20. The nine knowledges (shares with Discourse 31 the words 「色集」—“arising of form”; shares with Discourse 32 the word 「超越」—“transcending”)
「謂憙集故、觸集故、名色集故,隨其所應,若色集、若受等集、若識集。」—“That is, by the arising of delight, the arising of contact, and the arising of name-and-form, as is fitting, there is the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, and the arising of consciousness.”〔T30n1579 0779a02〕 「雜染因緣智、清淨因緣智及清淨智者,謂於愛味、過患、出離,如前應知。」—“The knowledge of the causes and conditions of defilement, the knowledge of the causes and conditions of purity, and the knowledge of purity: these concern gratification, danger, and escape, to be understood as before.”〔T30n1579 0779a04〕
For 「增諸數」—“adding to the reckonings” of Discourse 16; 「非汝所應」—“not proper to you” and 「非餘人所應」—“not proper to anyone else” of Discourses 17 and 18; 「動搖」—“wavering” and 「魔」—“Māra” of Discourse 21; 「多聞」—“the learned” of Discourse 25; 「法師」—“teacher of the Dharma” of Discourse 26; and 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma” of Discourse 27: in the passages listed above, the treatise has no sentence sharing their words in the same order. This is recorded honestly; nothing is listed merely because the sense is close.
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings by the old masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single source, and there is nothing to set in parallel columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | The Compendium of Topics |
|---|---|---|---|
| Form · feeling · perception · formations · consciousness (色·受·想·行·識) | 「當觀色無常」—“you should contemplate form as impermanent”〔T02 0001a07〕; 「如是觀受、想、行、識無常」—“in this way contemplate feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness as impermanent”〔T02 0001a09〕 | — | The treatise does not gloss their names one by one; it names them collectively the 「五取蘊」—“five aggregates of clinging”: 「此何所取?謂五取蘊。」—“What is it that is clung to? Namely, the five aggregates of clinging.”〔T30n1579 0780b26〕 |
| The five aggregates of clinging (五受陰) | 「若我於此五受陰不如實知」—“if I did not know, regarding these five aggregates of clinging, as it really is” | 〔T02 0002c01〕 | The sūtra has 「五受陰」, the treatise 「五取蘊」〔T30n1579 0772c20〕; the treatise does not gloss the name 「五受陰」 |
| Impermanent (無常) | 「當觀色無常」—“you should contemplate form as impermanent” | 〔T02 0001a07〕 | 「於諸行中,修無常想行有五種。謂由無常性、無恒性、非久住性、不可保性、變壞法性故。」—“Regarding formations, the modes of cultivating the perception of impermanence are five: namely, by their impermanence, their inconstancy, their not abiding long, their unreliability, and their nature of being subject to decay.”〔T30n1579 0778b23〕 |
| Suffering (苦) | 「如觀無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是」—“as with contemplating impermanence, so it is likewise with suffering, emptiness, and not self” | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | 「又由二相,當知諸行決定是苦。一、是生等苦法故;二、是三苦性故。」—“Further, by two aspects it should be known that formations are certainly suffering: first, because they are subject to birth and the other sufferings; second, because they have the nature of the three kinds of suffering.”〔T30n1579 0774c20〕 |
| Empty (空) | As above | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | 「又由二相,當知諸行決定是空。一、畢竟離性空故;二、後方離性空故。」—“Further, by two aspects it should be known that formations are certainly empty: first, by the emptiness of being ultimately separated; second, by the emptiness of being separated only afterward.”〔T30n1579 0774c22〕 |
| Not self (非我) | As above | 〔T02 0001a14〕 | The treatise has 「無我」—“no self”: 「又由二相,當知諸行決定無我。一、諸行種種外性故;二、諸行從眾緣生,不自在故。」—“Further, by two aspects it should be known that formations are certainly without self: first, because formations have various natures external to a self; second, because formations arise from many conditions and are not autonomous.”〔T30n1579 0774c26〕 |
| Right contemplation (正觀) | 「如是觀者,則為正觀」—“to contemplate in this way is right contemplation” | 〔T02 0001a07〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name 「正觀」; it has 「由正觀察所知境故,獲得正見」—“by rightly examining the objects to be known, one gains right view”〔T30n1579 0773b23〕 |
| Weariness (厭離) | 「正觀者,則生厭離」—“when one contemplates rightly, weariness arises” | 〔T02 0001a08〕 | 「云何厭?謂有對治現前故,起厭逆想,令諸煩惱不復現行。」—“What is weariness? Because an antidote is present, a perception of weariness and aversion arises, so that the afflictions no longer become active.”〔T30n1579 0775b03〕 |
| Delight and craving (喜貪) | 「厭離者,喜貪盡」—“when weariness arises, delight and craving are exhausted” | 〔T02 0001a08〕 | 「緣依止受所生欣樂,說名為喜;緣生受境所起染著,說名為貪。」—“The gladness that arises in dependence on the feeling one relies on is called delight; the attachment that arises toward the objects from which feeling is born is called craving.”〔T30n1579 0779b06〕 |
| Liberation of mind (心解脫) | 「喜貪盡者,說心解脫」—“when delight and craving are exhausted, the mind is said to be liberated” | 〔T02 0001a09〕 | 「云何解脫?謂即於此伏斷對治多修習故,永拔隨眠。」—“What is liberation? It is that, by much cultivation of the antidote of subduing and cutting off, the latent tendencies are uprooted forever.”〔T30n1579 0775b07〕 |
| The mind well liberated (心善解脫) | 「比丘心得善解脫」—“a bhikṣu’s mind is well liberated” | 〔T02 0004c22〕 | 「由三種相,當知心善解脫。」—“By three aspects it should be known that the mind is well liberated.”〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 |
| Pure conduct (梵行) | 「梵行已立」—“pure conduct has been established” | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name 「梵行」; it has 「謂能引發一切梵行之法,皆用世尊為根本故」—“that is, because all the teachings that can bring forth pure conduct take the World-Honored One as their root”〔T30n1579 0778b01〕 |
| No further existence (不受後有) | 「自知不受後有」—“I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence” | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | Of what one beyond training realizes within, the treatise says: 「我今尚無餘一生在,況二、況七。」—“I now have not even one more birth remaining—how much less two, how much less seven.”〔T30n1579 0773c11〕 |
| Right reflection (正思惟) | 「於色當正思惟」—“you should reflect rightly on form” | 〔T02 0001a17〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name; it lists it among the preliminaries of the path and its fruit: 「復起所餘正思惟等」—“one further gives rise to the remaining right reflection and the rest”〔T30n1579 0773c19〕 |
| Knowing as it really is (如實知) | 「觀色無常如實知」—“contemplating form as impermanent and knowing it as it really is” | 〔T02 0001a18〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name 「如實知」; it has 「即於彼境如實了知」—“one fully knows that very object as it really is”〔T30n1579 0774a09〕 |
| Desire and craving (欲貪) | 「於色欲貪斷」—“desire and craving for form are cut off” | 〔T02 0001a19〕 | 「於此欲貪不現行故,說名為斷,非永離欲故名為斷。」—“Because this desire and craving does not become active, it is called cut off; it is not called cut off because one is forever free from desire.”〔T30n1579 0774a01〕 |
| Free from desire (離欲) | 「不斷、不離欲」—“does not abandon it, and is not free from desire for it” | 〔T02 0001a29〕 | 「云何離欲?謂由修習厭心故,雖於對治不作意思惟,然於一切染愛事境貪不現行,此由伏斷增上力故。」—“What is freedom from desire? It is that, because one has cultivated the mind of weariness, even when one does not attend to the antidote, craving does not become active toward any object of defiled love; this is by the dominant power of subduing and cutting off.”〔T30n1579 0775b04〕 |
| Gratification · danger · escape (味·患·離) | 「味是味、患是患、離是離」—“gratification as gratification, danger as danger, and escape as escape” | 〔T02 0002c02〕 | 「此中觀察諸行為緣,生樂、生喜,是名於彼愛味。」—“Here, examining how, with formations as condition, pleasure and delight arise—this is called their gratification.”〔T30n1579 0775c29〕; 「又觀察諸行是無常、苦、變壞之法,是名於彼過患。」—“Further, examining formations as impermanent, suffering, and subject to decay—this is called their danger.”〔T30n1579 0776a03〕; 「又復觀察於諸行中欲貪滅、欲貪斷、欲貪出,是名於彼出離。」—“Further, examining, regarding formations, the cessation of desire and craving, the cutting off of desire and craving, and the going out from desire and craving—this is called their escape.”〔T30n1579 0776a06〕 |
| Anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi (阿耨多羅三藐三菩提) | 「亦不能自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」—“and would also be unable to realize for myself anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi” | 〔T02 0002c04〕 | Not glossed in the treatise |
| Fetters (使) | 「若隨使使者,即隨使死」—“if one is driven by the fetters, one dies by the fetters” | 〔T02 0003a18〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name 「使」 |
| Clinging (取) | 「為取所縛」—“one is bound by clinging” | 〔T02 0003a19〕 | The treatise lists the four kinds of clinging as what clings: 「誰能取?謂四取。」—“What clings? Namely, the four kinds of clinging.”〔T30n1579 0780b27〕 |
| Arhat (阿羅漢) | 「時,彼比丘即成羅漢」—“at that time that bhikṣu became an arhat”〔T02 0003b13〕; 「乃至得阿羅漢」—“up to: he attained arhatship”〔T02 0003b27〕 | — | The treatise does not gloss the name; it has 「復能證得阿羅漢果」—“and further can realize the fruit of arhatship”〔T30n1579 0779b20〕 |
| Bonds (結) | 「結所繫法」—“a thing bound by the bonds” | 〔T02 0004b09〕 | 「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事;二者、愛結所染諸有漏事;三者、能生當來後有諸行。」—“First, apart from the bond of craving, the things with outflows bound by the other bonds; second, the things with outflows stained by the bond of craving; third, the formations that can produce further existence in the time to come.”〔T30n1579 0777b05〕 |
| Conceit of self (我慢) | 「我、我所見、我慢使繫著」—“the binding and attachment of the view of self and of mine, and the fetter of conceit” | 〔T02 0005a14〕 | 「當知有五我慢現行。」—“It should be known that there are five activities of the conceit of self.”〔T30n1579 0777b10〕 |
| Body with its consciousness (識身) | 「我此識身及外境界一切相」—“this body of mine with its consciousness and all the signs of outer objects” | 〔T02 0005a13〕 | 「計我、我慢,以有識身為所緣因相。」—“Reckoning a self and the conceit of self take the body with its consciousness as their objective causal mark.”〔T30n1579 0777c10〕 |
| Nirvāṇa (涅槃) | 「得見法涅槃」—“attain nirvāṇa seen in this very life” | 〔T02 0006a03〕 | The treatise has 「現法涅槃」—“nirvāṇa in this present life”: 「又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿。」—“and one can realize nirvāṇa in this present life; this is called the fulfillment of the fruit.”〔T30n1579 0778a29〕 |
| Practice in accordance with the Dharma (法次法向) | 「如世尊說法次法向」—“as the World-Honored One speaks of practice in accordance with the Dharma” | 〔T02 0005c22〕 | The treatise has 「法隨法行」—“practicing the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0778a27〕; the treatise does not gloss the name 「法次法向」 |
| Self · other than self · within one another (我·異我·相在) | 「見色是我、異我、相在不?」—“would one see form as self, as other than self, or as within one another?” | 〔T02 0006b11〕 | The treatise does not gloss the name 「相在」; of the full knowledge of no self it says 「所謂諸行都無有我,無有我所,亦無有餘互相繫屬」—“namely, formations have no self at all, nothing that is mine, nor anything else bound to one another”〔T30n1579 0777a23〕 |
| Subject to change (變易法) | 「是變易法」—“is subject to change” | 〔T02 0006b10〕 | 「謂由敗壞、變易、別離、相應、法性相故」—“that is, by the aspects of decay, change, separation, association, and their nature”〔T30n1579 0774c29〕 |
| Arising · cessation · the path (集·滅·道跡) | 「色集不如實知,色滅不如實知,色滅道跡不如實知」—“do not know the arising of form as it really is, do not know the cessation of form as it really is, and do not know the path leading to the cessation of form as it really is” | 〔T02 0006c08〕 | 「若色集、若受等集、若識集。即此三種因緣滅故,三種行滅,是名諸行還滅智。」—“There is the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, and the arising of consciousness. Because these three kinds of causes and conditions cease, the three kinds of formations cease; this is called the knowledge of the cessation of formations.”〔T30n1579 0779a03〕 |
| Far removed from dust and free of defilement · the pure Dharma-eye (遠塵離垢·法眼淨) | 「遠塵離垢,得法眼淨」—“was far removed from dust and free of defilement, and gained the pure Dharma-eye” | 〔T02 0006b25〕 | 「由見所斷諸煩惱纏得離繫故,名為遠塵。由彼隨眠得離繫故,說名離垢。」—“Because one is disjoined from the entanglements of the afflictions to be abandoned by seeing, it is called far removed from dust. Because one is disjoined from their latent tendencies, it is called free of defilement.”〔T30n1579 0778c08〕 |
The names with outflows (有漏), without outflows (無漏), station of consciousness (識住), grasping at (攀緣), and obstruction and stagnation (封滯) do not appear in the discourses of this fascicle (Discourse 28 has only 「不起諸漏」—“no outflows arise”〔T02 0006a07〕), and no entry is made for them in this fascicle.
The terms of this fascicle are all Chinese; the Compendium of Topics gives no Sanskrit forms in this passage, and none is supplied here in its stead.
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
The discourses of this fascicle have no similes. All thirty-two discourses teach the Dharma directly and set up no simile.
A simile of the treatise (not in the discourses; recorded for reference, not to be confused with the discourses)—in its passage on defilement and purity, the Compendium of Topics likens bondage to a prison:
「譬如有人處在囹圄,為種種縛之所繫縛,所謂或木、或索、或鐵。」—“It is like a person in prison, bound by bonds of various kinds—that is, of wood, of rope, or of iron.”〔T30n1579 0776a27〕 「當知即譬貪瞋癡縛。」—“It should be known that this is a simile for the bonds of craving, hatred, and delusion.”〔T30n1579 0776b10〕
Set formulas:
| Formula | Verbatim (first occurrence) | Anchor | Where found |
|---|---|---|---|
| Opening of a discourse | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anātha-” | 〔T02 0001a06〕 | Apart from Discourse 20, all thirty-one discourses open with 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard” |
| Self-realization | 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」—“My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence” | 〔T02 0001a13〕 | Discourses 1, 2, 9, 11, 15, 17, 30, and 32 have the full formula; Discourses 15–19, 21, and 22 mostly have 「乃至自知不受後有」—“up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence” |
| Close of a discourse · spoken by the Buddha | 「時,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。」—“Then the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.” | 〔T02 0001a15〕 | Discourses 1–14 |
| Close of a discourse · the bhikṣu who asked for the teaching | 「時,彼比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退。」—“Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew.” | 〔T02 0003b09〕 | Discourses 15, 17, 18, and 19; Discourse 22 has 「時,劫波比丘聞佛所說,心大歡喜,禮佛而退」—“Then the bhikṣu Kalpa, having heard what the Buddha said, was greatly delighted at heart, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew” |
| Close of a discourse · the bhikṣu who asked a meaning | 「時,彼比丘聞佛所說,踊躍歡喜,作禮而去。」—“Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.” | 〔T02 0005c07〕 | Discourses 25–29 |
| Close of a discourse · spoken by Śāriputra | 「時,長者子輸屢那聞舍利弗所說,歡喜踊躍,作禮而去。」—“Then Śroṇa, the son of a householder, having heard what Śāriputra said, rejoiced and leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed.” | 〔T02 0006c01〕 | Discourses 30 and 32; Discourse 31 has 「歡喜踊躍,作禮已,去」—“rejoiced and leapt for joy, paid homage, and departed” |
The structure of repetition and abbreviation:
- Repetition through the five aggregates—each teaching is first given for 「色」—“form,” then repeated once with 「如是受、想、行、識」—“in this way, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness”; wherever the base text writes it out in full, it is written out in full. Often the single word 「識」—“consciousness” stands for the four, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, in the second telling, as in Discourse 2: 「如是受、想、行、識當正思惟,觀識無常如實知」—“in this way you should reflect rightly on feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, contemplating consciousness as impermanent and knowing it as it really is”〔T02 0001a20〕.
- Four teachings on one pattern—after teaching impermanence, Discourses 1, 2, and 8 gather suffering, emptiness, and not self in a single sentence: 「如觀無常,苦、空、非我亦復如是」—“as with contemplating impermanence, so it is likewise with suffering, emptiness, and not self”〔T02 0001a14〕.
- “Up to”—in Discourses 15–22 the words of request and the words of attainment, from their second occurrence on, mostly abbreviate the middle portion with 「乃至」—“up to,” as in 「乃至自知不受後有」—“up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence”〔T02 0003a16〕.
- “What he asked was as above”—Discourse 16 abbreviates its own request: 「所問如上,差別者」—“what he asked was as above; the difference is”〔T02 0003b15〕.
- A whole discourse abbreviated—Discourse 20: 「染經亦如是說」—“The Discourse on Staining is also taught in this way”〔T02 0004b25〕.
Question-and-answer types: 「白佛言」—“said to the Buddha” and 「佛告」—“the Buddha said to” are the regular form of Discourses 15–29; Discourses 30–32 use the counter-question 「於汝意云何?」—“What do you think?” and the reply 「答言」—“he answered,” as in 「輸屢那!於汝意云何?色為常、為無常耶?」—“Śroṇa! What do you think? Is form permanent or impermanent?”〔T02 0006b07〕.
The form of the summary verses: all four are set in two rows in the base text; in the first, second, and fourth each row is divided into two lines by a single space in the middle, while in the third each row is divided into three lines by two spaces. The first, second, and fourth are four lines of five characters; the third is six lines of four characters (「使、增諸數」—“the fetters, adding to the reckonings,” 「非我、非彼」—“not self, not another’s,” 「結繫、動搖」—“bound by the bonds, wavering,” 「劫波所問」—“what Kalpa asked,” 「亦羅睺羅」—“and also Rāhula,” 「所問二經」—“the two discourses he asked”). The verses only list the names of the discourses and do not state their meaning; one name may gather one discourse or several (「無知等四種」—“not knowing and the rest, four kinds,” 「二種說因緣」—“two teach causes and conditions,” 「味亦復二種」—“gratification, again, two kinds,” 「所問二經」—“the two discourses he asked”).
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- The selection and gathering in the selection on formations of the Compendium of Topics—the places where the discourses of this fascicle are selected and gathered by the Compendium of Topics are already given verbatim in the third and fourth topics; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0773b20〕〔T30n1579 0773c01〕〔T30n1579 0773c19〕〔T30n1579 0773c22〕〔T30n1579 0774b01〕〔T30n1579 0774b15〕〔T30n1579 0774b20〕〔T30n1579 0775a18〕〔T30n1579 0775b01〕〔T30n1579 0775b29〕〔T30n1579 0775c19〕〔T30n1579 0776a18〕〔T30n1579 0776b23〕〔T30n1579 0777b05〕〔T30n1579 0777b22〕〔T30n1579 0777c07〕〔T30n1579 0778a08〕〔T30n1579 0778a15〕〔T30n1579 0778a25〕〔T30n1579 0778b08〕〔T30n1579 0778c02〕〔T30n1579 0778c14〕〔T30n1579 0778c27〕〔T30n1579 0779a02〕.
- The carrying forward of the summary verses—the Compendium of Topics explains where the summary verses come from with 「後結集者,為令聖教久住,結嗢拕南頌,隨其所應次第安布」—“the later compilers, so that the holy teaching might long endure, composed uddāna verses and set them in order as was fitting”〔T30n1579 0772c15〕; in selecting and gathering the discourses itself, the treatise likewise opens each passage with an uddāna (first topic).
- Among the sūtras and treatises now translated in Zhiyue, none is found that cites the discourses of this fascicle—searching throughout with 「當觀色無常」—“you should contemplate form as impermanent,” 「喜貪盡」—“delight and craving are exhausted,” 「無常即苦」—“what is impermanent is suffering,” 「隨使使」—“driven by the fetters,” 「見法涅槃」—“nirvāṇa seen in this very life,” 「三蜜離提」—“Sanmiliti,” and 「輸屢那」—“Śroṇa,” not one occurrence is found in any other sūtra or treatise apart from the layers of this fascicle; the two expressions 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma” and 「我勝、我等、我劣」—“I am superior, I am equal, I am inferior” appear in other units of the Yogācārabhūmi, but these are that treatise’s own words, not citations of the discourses of this fascicle. This is recorded honestly.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to fifty-four in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【磧乙-CB】 and 【北藏-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; recorded together, without adjudication):
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | 0001a18 | 觀色 (contemplate form) | 【大】色 (form); 【宋】【元】【明】觀色 (contemplate form) |
| 02 | 0001a19 | 色 (form) | 【宋】 lacks it |
| 03 | 0001a19 | 知 (know) | 【宋】 lacks it |
| 04 | 0001c16 | 於 (toward) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 05 | 0001c25 | 欲 (desire) | 【元】【明】欣 (long for) |
| 06 | 0002a06 | 者 (one who) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 07 | 0002a07 | 實 (true) | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 (true right) |
| 08 | 0002a15 | 實 (true) | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 (true right) |
| 09 | 0002a16 | 者 (one who) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 10 | 0002a17 | 實 (true) | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 (true right) |
| 11 | 0002b11 | 實 (true) | 【宋】【元】【明】實正 (true right) |
| 12 | 0002c13 | 則 (then) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 13 | 0002c15 | 味 (gratification) | 【宋】 lacks it |
| 14 | 0002c18 | 患 (danger) | 【宋】 lacks it |
| 15 | 0002c20 | 離 (escape) | 【大】【磧乙-CB】 lack it |
| 16 | 0002c29 | (none) | 【大】人 (person); 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 17 | 0002c29 | 以 (by) | 【元】【明】已 (already) |
| 18 | 0003a01 | 以 (by) | 【元】【明】已 (already) |
| 19 | 0003a01 | 以 (by) | 【元】【明】已 (already) |
| 20 | 0003a07 | 爾 (then) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 21 | 0003a19 | 使 (fetters) | 【大】 lacks it |
| 22 | 0003b17 | 增 (add to) | 【宋】增不增 (add to, not add to) |
| 23 | 0003b29 | 座 (seat) | 【大】坐 (sit; a variant form of “seat”) |
| 24 | 0003c29 | (none) | 【大】[*] (a mark) |
| 25 | 0003c29 | 座 (seat) | 【大】坐 (sit; a variant form of “seat”) |
| 26 | 0004a19 | (none) | 【大】云何 (how) |
| 27 | 0004a29 | (none) | 【大】[*] (a mark) |
| 28 | 0004a29 | 座 (seat) | 【大】坐 (sit; a variant form of “seat”) |
| 29 | 0004b25 | 染 (staining) | 【大】【磧乙-CB】深 (deep) |
| 30 | 0004b27 | (none) | 【大】[*] (a mark) |
| 31 | 0004b27 | 座 (seat) | 【大】坐 (sit; a variant form of “seat”) |
| 32 | 0004c12 | 則 (then) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 33 | 0004c17 | 時 (at that time) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 34 | 0005a17 | 相 (signs) | 【元】【明】相能 (signs; able) |
| 35 | 0005b05 | 伽 (ka) | 【宋】【元】【明】迦 (ka) |
| 36 | 0005c04 | 聽 (listen) | 【宋】【元】【明】聽諦聽 (listen, listen carefully) |
| 37 | 0005c26 | 是 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是於 (this, toward) |
| 38 | 0006a08 | 於識 (toward consciousness) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 39 | 0006a11 | 去 (depart) | 【明】退 (withdraw) |
| 40 | 0006a13 | 蜜 (mi) | 【宋】【元】【明】密 (mi) |
| 41 | 0006a19 | 於識 (toward consciousness) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 42 | 0006a23 | 蜜 (mi) | 【宋】【元】【明】密 (mi) |
| 43 | 0006b04 | 變易 (changing) | 【大】【磧乙-CB】 lack it |
| 44 | 0006b05 | (none) | 【大】【磧乙-CB】變易 (changing) |
| 45 | 0006b09 | 苦耶 (is it suffering?) | 【元】若苦 (if suffering) |
| 46 | 0006b09 | 苦 (suffering) | 【元】若 (if) |
| 47 | 0006b10 | 苦 (suffering) | 【元】若 (if) |
| 48 | 0006b13 | (none) | 【大】[*] (a mark) |
| 49 | 0006b13 | 苦 (suffering) | 【元】若 (if) |
| 50 | 0006b14 | 苦 (suffering) | 【元】若 (if) |
| 51 | 0006b27 | 坐 (sit) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat) |
| 52 | 0006c03 | 而 (and) | 【宋】【元】【明】已 (having) |
| 53 | 0006c23 | 言 (said) | 【宋】【元】【明】曰 (said) |
| 54 | 0007a24 | 越 (transcend) | 【宋】【元】【明】越於 (transcend toward) |
Four matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication):
- The 「染」—“staining” of Discourse 20 (no. 29)—the current text reads 「染」—“staining,” while the Taishō base text and 【磧乙-CB】 read 「深」—“deep” (0004b25; the current text follows 【CB】 in reading 「染」—“staining,” while 【大】【磧乙-CB】 read 「深」—“deep”). What the discourse’s title points to differs with this one character; it is not used to settle what Discourse 20 abbreviates.
- The 「云何」—“how” of Discourse 18 (no. 26)—the Taishō base text has the two characters 「云何」—“how,” and the current text deletes them, the collator recording the grounds himself (0004a19 · CBETA note): “this collation finds the same context in five places as a declarative sentence”—the passage meant being 「於我略說法中,廣解其義」—“you have understood in full the meaning of the Dharma I have spoken briefly”〔T02 0003b02〕.
- 「迦蘭陀」—“Kalandaka” in Discourse 23 and 「伽蘭陀」—“Kalandaka” in Discourse 24 (no. 35)—Discourse 23 reads 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0005a11〕, and Discourse 24 reads 「佛住王舍城伽蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0005b05〕; for the 「伽」 of Discourse 24 the three editions read 「迦」 (0005b05; 【大】 reads 「伽」, 【宋】【元】【明】 read 「迦」). The base text has a different character in each; both are recorded, and neither is corrected.
- The position of 「變易」—“changing” in Discourse 30 (nos. 43 and 44)—in the Taishō base text 「變易」—“changing” is in line 0006b05, and the current text moves it to line 0006b04 (collation note at 0006b04: 【CB】 has 「變易」—“changing,” 【大】【磧乙-CB】 lack it; the note at 0006b05 is the reverse).
Gaiji: none in this fascicle. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the summary verses: all four summary verses are set in two rows in the base text, each row holding two lines separated by a space in the middle, the third holding three lines separated by two spaces; the present transcription joins the lines of each row into one row, without adding or removing a character.
X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation
① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—based only on places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words in the same order; where the words are the same but the order differs, or the sense is merely close, it is not listed as the mātṛkā.
| Discourse | Mātṛkā (verbatim) | Anchor | Shared words |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「於喜貪纏速能滅盡,心清淨住」—“can swiftly extinguish the entanglement of delight and craving, and the mind abides in purity” | 〔T30n1579 0773c01〕 | 喜貪 (delight and craving) |
| 2 | 「謂得如是正見已,復起所餘正思惟等」—“that is, having gained such right view, one further gives rise to the remaining right reflection and the rest”〔T30n1579 0773c19〕; 「隨所生起欲貪煩惱,即能除遣、制伏、斷捨」—“whatever affliction of desire and craving arises, one is able to remove, subdue, and cut it off and abandon it”〔T30n1579 0773c29〕 | — | 正思惟 (right reflection); 欲貪 (desire and craving) |
| 3 | 「乃永離欲,心得解脫」—“then one is forever free from desire, and the mind is liberated” | 〔T30n1579 0774a03〕 | 離欲 (free from desire) |
| 4 | 「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖」—“their mind still has, as ordinary beings do, the fear of birth, old age, and death in the time to come” | 〔T30n1579 0774b01〕 | 死怖 (fear of death) |
| 5 | 「於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫」—“they cannot be liberated from the suffering of birth into existence, nor from the various kinds of suffering—old age, sickness, death, and the rest—that have birth as their root” | 〔T30n1579 0774b15〕 | 不得解脫 (cannot be liberated) |
| 6 | 「其心猶有於當來世共諸異生生老死怖」—“their mind still has, as ordinary beings do, the fear of birth, old age, and death in the time to come” | 〔T30n1579 0774b01〕 | 死怖 (fear of death) |
| 7 | 「於有生苦及生為本老病死等眾苦差別不得解脫」—“they cannot be liberated from the suffering of birth into existence, nor from the various kinds of suffering—old age, sickness, death, and the rest—that have birth as their root” | 〔T30n1579 0774b15〕 | 不得解脫 (cannot be liberated) |
| 8 | 「當知過去、未來諸行尚定無常,何況現在」—“it should be known that past and future formations are still certainly impermanent—how much more the present” | 〔T30n1579 0774b20〕 | 過去、未來……無常……現在 (past, future … impermanent … present) |
| 9 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus that because impermanent it is suffering, and because suffering it is without self—this is called the sequence of knowledge”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕; 「謂厭、離欲、解脫、遍解脫」—“namely, weariness, freedom from desire, liberation, and complete liberation”〔T30n1579 0775b02〕 | — | 無常……苦 (impermanent … suffering); 厭……解脫 (weariness … liberation) |
| 10 | 「如是觀無常故苦,苦故無我,是名智漸次」—“contemplating thus that because impermanent it is suffering, and because suffering it is without self—this is called the sequence of knowledge”〔T30n1579 0775b01〕; 「生等諸苦雜染亦普解脫,是名遍解脫」—“one is also liberated throughout from the defilement of birth and the other sufferings; this is called complete liberation”〔T30n1579 0775b14〕 | — | 無常……苦 (impermanent … suffering); 解脫 (liberation) |
| 11 | 「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我」—“fully knowing that the substance of formations is impermanent; because impermanent, suffering; because suffering, empty and without self” | 〔T30n1579 0774a06〕 | 無常……苦 (impermanent … suffering) |
| 12 | 「了知諸行體是無常,無常故苦,苦故空及無我」—“fully knowing that the substance of formations is impermanent; because impermanent, suffering; because suffering, empty and without self” | 〔T30n1579 0774a06〕 | 無常……苦 (impermanent … suffering) |
| 13 | 「謂若魔、若梵世間」—“that is, the world of Māra or of Brahmā” | 〔T30n1579 0776a18〕 | 若魔、若梵 (whether Māra or Brahmā) |
| 14 | 「謂若魔、若梵世間」—“that is, the world of Māra or of Brahmā” | 〔T30n1579 0776a18〕 | 若魔、若梵 (whether Māra or Brahmā) |
| 15 | 「依不放逸防守其心」—“relying on heedfulness, one guards one’s mind” | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 (heedfulness) |
| 16 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse | — | — |
| 17 | 「依不放逸防守其心」—“relying on heedfulness, one guards one’s mind” | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 (heedfulness) |
| 18 | 「依不放逸防守其心」—“relying on heedfulness, one guards one’s mind” | 〔T30n1579 0778a15〕 | 不放逸 (heedfulness) |
| 19 | 「一者、除其愛結,餘結所繫諸有漏事」—“first, apart from the bond of craving, the things with outflows bound by the other bonds” | 〔T30n1579 0777b05〕 | 結所繫 (bound by the bonds) |
| 20 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse (the discourse is a single sentence) | — | — |
| 21 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse | — | — |
| 22 | 「由三種相,當知心善解脫」—“by three aspects it should be known that the mind is well liberated” | 〔T30n1579 0777b22〕 | 心善解脫 (the mind well liberated) |
| 23 | 「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故」—“because self, mine, conceit of self, attachment, and the latent tendencies are all left far behind”〔T30n1579 0775a11〕; 「又有識身及外事等」—“further, the body with its consciousness, outer things, and the like”〔T30n1579 0777c07〕; 「名已作苦邊」—“one is called one who has made an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0778a10〕 | — | 我、我所……我慢 (self, mine … conceit of self); 識身 (body with its consciousness); 苦邊 (end of suffering) |
| 24 | 「由我、我所、我慢、執著及與隨眠皆遠離故」—“because self, mine, conceit of self, attachment, and the latent tendencies are all left far behind”〔T30n1579 0775a11〕; 「又有識身及外事等」—“further, the body with its consciousness, outer things, and the like”〔T30n1579 0777c07〕; 「名已作苦邊」—“one is called one who has made an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0778a10〕 | — | 我、我所……我慢 (self, mine … conceit of self); 識身 (body with its consciousness); 苦邊 (end of suffering) |
| 25 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse | — | — |
| 26 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse | — | — |
| 27 | No direct explanation in the mātṛkā is found for this discourse | — | — |
| 28 | 「又能證得現法涅槃,是名果圓滿」—“and one can realize nirvāṇa in this present life; this is called the fulfillment of the fruit” | 〔T30n1579 0778a29〕 | 涅槃 (nirvāṇa) |
| 29 | 「又說法師略有二種」—“further, teachers who expound the Dharma are in brief of two kinds” | 〔T30n1579 0778b08〕 | 說法師 (teacher who expounds the Dharma) |
| 30 | 「如謂己勝,謂等、謂劣」—“as with thinking oneself superior, so too with thinking oneself equal or inferior”〔T30n1579 0778c04〕; 「遠塵離垢,於諸法中得法眼時」—“when, far removed from dust and free of defilement, one gains the Dharma-eye regarding all dharmas”〔T30n1579 0778c14〕; 「說名見法」—“one is said to have seen the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0778c16〕; 「說名得法」—“one is said to have attained the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0778c17〕 | — | 勝·等·劣 (superior · equal · inferior); 遠塵離垢·法眼 (far removed from dust and free of defilement · Dharma-eye); 見法 (saw the Dharma); 得法 (attained the Dharma) |
| 31 | 「若色集、若受等集、若識集」—“there is the arising of form, the arising of feeling and the rest, and the arising of consciousness” | 〔T30n1579 0779a03〕 | 色集 (arising of form) |
| 32 | 「有九種智,能於諸行遍知、超越」—“there are nine kinds of knowledge by which one can fully know and transcend formations”〔T30n1579 0778c27〕; 「謂於愛味、過患、出離」—“these concern gratification, danger, and escape”〔T30n1579 0779a05〕 | — | 超越 (transcending); 味……患……離 (gratification … danger … escape) |
② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「S. 22. 12-14. Anicca, etc.」 | 0001a06 |
| 2 | 「S. 22. 15-17. Yad aniccam, etc.」 | 0001a16 |
| 3 | 「S. 22. 24. Parijāna; S. 35. 27. Parijāna.」 | 0001a28 |
| 4 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 5 | 「S. 22. 29. Abhinandana & S. 22. 24. Parijāna」 | 0001b16 |
| 6 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 7 | 「S. 22. 29. Abhinandana.」 | 0001c11 |
| 8 | 「S. 22. 9-11. Atītānāgata-paccupanna.」 | 0001c22 |
| 9 | 「S. 22, 15-17; 35. 182. Yad aniccaṃ.」 | 0002a02 |
| 10 | 「S. 22, 15-17; 35. 182. Yad aniccaṃ.」 | 0002a12 |
| 11 | 「S. 22. 18-19. Hetu.」 | 0002a21 |
| 12 | 「S. 22. 18-19. Hetu.」 | 0002b04 |
| 13 | 「S. 22. 28. Assāda.」 | 0002b15 |
| 14 | 「S. 22. 27. Assāda.」 | 0002c11 |
| 15 | 「cf. S. 22. 63-5.」 | 0003a06 |
| 16 | 「S. 22. 35-36. Bhikkhu.」 | 0003b14 |
| 17 | 「S. 22. 69. Anattā.-69. Anattaniya.」 (the current text corrects it to 「S. 22. 68. Anattā.-69. Anattaniya.」) | 0003b28 |
| 18 | 「S. 22. 68-69.」 | 0003c28 |
| 19 | 「S. 22. 70. Rajanīyasaṇṭhita.」 | 0004a28 |
| 20 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 21 | 「S. 22. 63. Upādiyamāna.」 (the current text corrects it to 「S. 22. 64. Maññamāna.」) | 0004b26 |
| 22 | 「S. 22. 124-125. Kappa.」 | 0004c20 |
| 23 | 「S. 22. 91-92. Rāhula.」 | 0005a11 |
| 24 | 「S. 22. 91-92. Rāhula.」 | 0005b05 |
| 25 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
| 26 | 「S. 22. 115-116. Kathika.」 | 0005c09 |
| 27 | 「S. 22. 40-42. Anudhamma.」 | 0005c20 |
| 28 | 「S. 22. 116. Kathika.」 | 0005c29 |
| 29 | 「cf. S. 22. 115. Kathika.」 | 0006a12 |
| 30 | 「S. 22. 49-50. Soṇa.」 | 0006a24 |
| 31 | 「S. 22. 49-50. Soṇa」 | 0006c04 |
| 32 | Not matched in the Taishō | — |
The Taishō notes also give notes of corresponding sounds for names within the discourses; they are recorded verbatim for reference: 「劫波 Kappa.」 (0004c21); 「羅𬑟羅 Rāhula.」 (0005a12); 「法次法向 Dhammānudhammapaṭipanna.」 (0005c22); 「說法師 Dhammakathika.」 (0006a15); 「王舍城迦蘭陀園 Rājagaha Veḷuvana Kalandakanivāpa.」 (0006a24); 「輸屢那 Soṇa.」 (0006a26); 「我勝我等我劣 Seyyo ham asmīti Sadiso hamasmīti Hīno hamasmīti.」 (0006a29).
③ Variants of the alternate translation: no corresponding discourse is found in the alternate translation (see the second topic).